1 | Page Government of West Bengal Directorate of Technical Education

Government of West Bengal Directorate of Technical Education & Training Plot B/7, 3rd floor, Action Area III, New Town; Kolkata 700 156 Phone (033) 2324 6866; Fax: 2324 5907 E-mail: [email protected]; [email protected]

NIT No: WBTET/DTET/ NIT18 /Equip/2017/EEEC Date: 13.09.2017

NOTICE INVITING TENDER FOR PROCUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENT, MACHINERIES, TOOLS, MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS, CR SYSTEM, PHOTOCOPIER, ETC. RELATED TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING/ ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING/ ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING/ COMPUTER SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGY/ MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY/ MEDICAL ELECTRONICS LABORATORIES AND WORKSHOPS OF DIFFERENT GOVT POLYTECHNICS OF THE STATE

(Through Pre-qualification) (Submission of Bid through online )

Director-in-Charge of Technical Education & Training invites e-tender on behalf of the Department of Technical Education & Training, Government of West Bengal from manufacturers / direct importers / Authorised Distributors/ Authorised Dealers holding valid licence for supply of equipment, instruments, machineries, tools etc.and such other items listed in BOQ to different Government Polytechnics of the state with financial assistance from MHRD, GOI AND/ or under State Plan Fund.

In the event of e-filling, intending bidders may download the tender documents from the website: https://wbtenders.gov.in directly with the help of Digital Signature Certificate. Completed bids, digitally signed, have to be uploaded in the same website. The earnest money of Rs 50,000/- (Rupees Fifty Thousand) only . Payment to be made either by Net Banking through ICICI Bank Payment Gateway or through RTGS/NEFT as detailed below: a) Payment by NET Banking (any listed bank) through IClCI Bank Payment Gateway:

i) On selection of net banking as the payment mode, the bidder will be directed to IClCI Bank Payment Gateway webpage (along with a string containing a Unique ID) where he will select the Bank through which he wants to do the transaction. ii) Bidder will make the payment after entering his Unique ID and password of the bank to process the transaction. iii) Bidder will receive a confirmation message regarding success/failure of the transaction. iv) If the transaction is successful, the amount paid by the bidder will get credited in the respective Pooling account of the State Government/PSU/Autonomous Body/Local Body/PRIs, etc maintained with the Focal Point Branch of IClCI Bank at R.N. Mukherjee Road, Kolkata for collection of EMD/Tender Fees. v) If the transaction is failure, the bidder will again try for payment by going back to the first step.

b) Payment through RTGS/NEFT:

i) On selection of RTGS/NEFTas the payment mode, the e-Procurement portal will show a pre-filled challan having he details to process RTGS/NEFT transaction. ii) The bidder will print the challan and use the pre-filled information to make RTGS/NEFT payment using his Bank account.

1 | P a g e iii) Once payment is made, the bidder will come back to the e-Procurement portal after expiry of a reasonable time to enable the NEFT/RTGS process to complete, in order to verify the payment made and continue the bidding process. iv) If verification is successful, the fund will get credited to the respective Pooling account of the State Government /PSU/ Autonomous Body/Local Body/PRls, etc maintained with the FocaI Point Branch of IClCI Bank at R.N.Mukherjee Road, Kolkata for collection of EMD/Tender Fees. v) Hereafter, the bidder will go to e-Procurement portal for submission of hisbid. vi) But if the payment verification is unsuccessful, the amount will be returned to the bidder's account. Care has been taken for generic specification of items without mentioning any particular make or model. Still, if it is found that any make or model has been written against any item, this is to be replaced by item with equivalent specification. THE TIME SCHEDULE FOR DOWNLOADING THE BID DOCUMENTS, THE SUBMISSION OF BIDS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS ETC. WILL BE AS PER THE LIST PROVIDED IN SERIAL NO 21 BELOW .

1. ELIGIBILITY FOR QUOTING : Manufacturers or their Authorized Distributor/ Authorized Dealer / Direct Importer, fulfilling the annual turnover criteria as stated below and performing the business for last three financial years are eligible to quote for items. (Statutory Documents)

a. The Bidder should be a manufacturer/authorized dealer/distributor of a manufacturer, who must have designed/manufactured/tested or supplied the equipment(s) similar to the type specified in the "Technical Specification". Such equipment must be of the most recent series/models incorporating the latest improvements in design. All the items should be new and first hand only, mentioning of Make and Model at the specific space/ cell of the Specification Compliance sheet cum un-priced BOQ for each quoted item is mandatory. Reference of page no in print copy of brochure/ link in the website is mandatory for cross verification of detail specification. In absence of those references, items may be summarily rejected while technical evaluation (Statutory Documents) b. The bidder should provide quality and safety certifications for the machines, as are applicable, at the time of delivery. (Statutory Documents) c. The agency must have a bank solvency of at least 30 lakh . Certificate from the Banker clearly stating the solvency must be attached (Statutory Documents) d. Any deviation in the specification/performance of quoted machine shall be clearly detailed and explained along with the catalogue/brochure etc. of the machine. e. Necessary operational training of appropriate duration must be arranged and rendered by the agency. f. The decision of the tender committee regarding the technical specifications and/or other qualification criteria shall be final and binding. g. An un-priced BOQ is to be submitted marking the item whichever has been quoted by him. (Statutory Documents). h. Service call over telephone must be attended by the bidder within 24 hours and has to make necessary arrangement so that the item gets operational within 7 days of the Phone-call; deviation from the above may lead to forfeiture of EMD/Security deposit and/ orblacklisting.

ANNUAL TURNOVER REQUIREMENTS:

The annual turnover criteria for SSI registered in West Bengal /registered with MSME, West Bengal or registered with NSIC units will be at least Rs.10 Lakhs per year on an average during the last three financial years. The Average annual turnover during the last three financial years for all other participating bidders in the Tender has to be more than Rs. 50.00 (Fifty) lakh including Principal manufacturer (inside or outside of West Bengal), direct importers holding valid import licence, State Based PSUs,distributors, dealer etc. A certificate from a registered Chartered Accountant (CA) with legible registration no. must be produced by all participating bidders in the Tender stating annual turnover of the company/firm for immediate last three financial years. A certificate from a registered Chartered Accountant must be produced stating annual turnover of the company/firm in immediate last three financial years. (Statutory Documents)

2 | P a g e LIST OF ARTICLES:

List of instruments along with detailed specifications put to tender is given in a separate file named “ANNEXURE A”. Bidders may quote any number of articles. L1 will be selected separately for each item.

2. The tender is to be submitted in a Two Bid System.

2.1 “BID A”: One folder for “Essential Requirements of the Tendering Firm for participation” shall contain all papers related to the essential requirements of the Tenderer for participation in the tender viz.

Prequalification Doc:

2.1.1 Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) & Application 1 Proof of payment of EMD

2 Duly Filled in Application form as per Format given in Annexure I

Registered S.S.I. Units of the State / SSI units registered in MSME, WB/ units having registered in NSIC shall be exempted from payment of earnest money for tenders.

** One folder will contain only one file. A file may contain several pages.

2.1.2 Non-Statutory Documents / My documents Sl.No. Category Name Sub Category Name Sub Category Description

A CERTIFICATES A1. CERTIFICATES PAN Card, GST Registration (GSTIN) B COMPANY B1. COMPANY DETAILS 1 TRADE Licence/ certificate of registration as DETAILS manufacturer Registration with Registrar of Companies C CREDENTIAL C1. CREDENTIAL1 Copy of supply orders (at least three) of similar nature D FINANCIAL D1. TURNOVER Proof of annual turnover of last three financial INFO years (2013-14,14-15,15-16) E DECLARATION E1.DECLARATION Last year’s return of Income Tax(F.Y. 2015-16) Last year’s last quarter return of VAT/ last E2.DECLARATION year’s return of CST (F.Y. 2015-16)

2.2 “BID B”: Another folder as “Financial Bid” shall contain the financial bids with the base rate per accounting exclusive of GST to be quoted in separate columns provided . The amount of GST shall be required to be entered by the bidders separately.

During the tender evaluation process, the “Bid A” will be opened first. Those tenderers who have qualified on the basis of Non-Statutory / Statutory Documents will be identified. Tender Selection Committee will scrutinise the specifications of the quoted items. Specifications being equal or higher than that required in NIT will only be accepted. and then only their “Bid B” will be opened. The “Bid B” of those tenderer failing to meet the essential requirements of participating in the tender will not be opened and be rejected. The lowest rate inclusive of GST in “Bid B”, item wise , will be considered as successful.

3 | P a g e The decision of the tender selection committee will be final in this matter.

3. PREFERENCE & REGULATIONS FOR S.S.I., W.B. & OTHERS AS NOTED HEREUNDER: i. Preference will be given to the Registered S.S.I. Units of the State, P.S.U. registered in State or registered at NSIC and State Based Other Manufacturers, as per West Bengal Financial Rule incorporated under notification No. 10500-F dated 19.11.04 on receipt of claim for price preference with document in support of the SSI being of permanent nature (Last year's return). In either case they should have been registered as manufacturer of those items for which he is quoting rates to claim price preference.

ii. Registration as a Small Scale Industries unit after the submission of the tender will not entitle the Tenderer to get exemption from payment of Earnest Money. iii. Treasury Challan showing the deposit of Earnest Money or certificate for registration as S.S.I. Units under the Govt. of West Bengal from the competent authority of Govt. of West Bengal should be submitted. iv. In case of holder of permanent Small Scale Industries Registration Certificate of the Govt. of West Bengal proof(s) to the effect that the unit has furnished the required valid returns etc. to the appropriate authority to retain the Small Scale Industries Registration Certificate. The documents so produced shall be to the satisfaction of the Tender Selection Committee. v. If the validity of the Small Scale Industries Registration is going to expire within Tender/ Contract period, the Tenderer should produce a revalidation certificate to the satisfaction of the Tender Selection Committee, in due time.

All above documents/papers as applicable should be submitted with Bid –‘A’

4. BIS Certification/I.S.I. Certificate : a. Items, for which BIS or other specifications have been mentioned in list of instruments (Annexure A), should be certified to be of the specified standard by the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), engraved in the body of the instruments and have the necessary valid licenses at the time of the supply orders. In cases of non- availability of BIS certification and valid license, a certificate from a Government recognized test house should be attached specifically certifying that the supplied item conforms to the IS standard as specified. If the specified IS/BIS standard has been superseded by a more recent standard, and then the more recent standard will be considered by the Tender Selection Committee. b. In items requiring mandatory certification under the relevant law, the manufacturer should have the necessary up to date licenses/ certifications from BIS and/or other statutory authorities as applicable. Non- compliance, if detected on a later date, will lead to summarily cancellation of the offer and penal provisions for fraudulent submission of tender will be invoked. c. Calibration of equipment, wherever is necessary, must be done from a reputed test house at the expenses of the bidder and to be produced in original at the time of installation.

5. IMPORT LICENCE: Only in Cases where it is applicable, duly attested photocopy of the Import Licence with up to date renewal from licensing authority must be submitted.

6. PRICE SCHEDULE AND PAYMENT TERMS:- a) Rates should be quoted in INR only. b) The Rates should be quoted for single piece (set)/unit price. c) After opening of bids, L1 bidders will be given intimation (LOI) from this office, though supply orders may be placed by the Principal / Officer-in-Charge of the respective Institute. d) Bill in triplicate (pre-receipted) against such supply orders have to be submitted to the institute concerned and payment will be made by the respective Principal/ O-I-C. e) Payment will be made in Indian rupees only through account payee cheque within a reasonable time from the receipt of the consignment provided there are no discrepancies of any nature.

4 | P a g e f) Rate should be quoted in rounded up value (without any decimal coinage) as per specification given inclusive of all incidental charges including delivery and installation to the Polytechnics under the Department of Technical Education, Training & Skill Development, Govt. of West Bengal, situated anywhere in the State. g) Rates shall be valid till 31 st Mar, 2019 to be covered by the contract to be executed with successful tenderers along with any extensions as may be made by the competent authority from time to time. Approximate amount of purchase that may be done using this tender within the bid validity period is Rs.20crore. h) The basic rate per accounting unit should be furnished inclusive of all and only exclusive of GST but which is to be quoted separately in the template for Bill of Quantities. i) Charges like Waybill, entry tax have to be borne by the bidder within the quoted rate. All administrative help will be provided by the consignee institutes. j) All items must have a warranty of at least one year from the date of installation and in case, the warranty period set by the manufacturer is more than one year the higher period will be considered. k) Before making payment, an agreement is to be signed by the L1 bidder with the Principal/O-I-C of the Institute that he will abide by all terms and conditions of the NIT. At the same time, he will give the undertaking on service against service calls. Besides, for items of value more than Rs 1.0 lakh, selected bidders have to produce an undertaking to the Principal at the time of delivery/installation that the product will not face end-of-life within 5 years.

7. DELIVERY:- a. All the items including relevant technical operational manual should be delivered, installed and demonstrated including training, wherever required, up to the satisfaction of consignee Principal/O-I-C, free of cost to the mentioned Institute on the risk and responsibility of the supplier . The supplier shall be fully responsible in briefing the user institutes repeatedly (if they desire so) for the smooth operation of their supplied instrument within the stipulated warranty period. b. The supplier has to execute all supplies within the stipulated time (60 days, extendable in special circumstances at the discretion of the tender inviting authority) from the date of issue of the purchase order. Items should be delivered at different government polytechnics across the state. Transportation, postal and other charges, if any, will be borne by the supplier. Bidders from other states shall therefore be responsible in obtaining relevant permission like Way-Bill etc. from the concerned authority of the Govt. for inter-state movement of their goods and quoted price should include all the cost involved for the purpose. Necessary administrative help will be given by the consignee.

c. Transit Insurance, if required, will be borne by the supplier till the supply reaches the destination.

8. BILL: The selected supplier has to submit bills in triplicate with an undertaking at the time of supply that:

a. The instruments supplied are 1 st hand only. b. The instruments conform to the specification supplied by the tenderer. c. The instruments supplied have been checked against any manufacturing defect or defects of any other types. If any defects are detected later, the defective instruments will be replaced by the supplier, free of cost, at the destination of supply.

9. PAYMENT TERMS : Payment will be made after execution of due supply as ordered subject to:

1. Submission of Performance Bank Guarantee/ Security Deposit in and subject to penalty as mentioned in relevant clauses. 2. Supply of the materials as per specification as provided in the tender document 3. Installation and Commissioning, if needed, upto the satisfaction of the competent authority 4. Supply of the materials within the period as specified in the work orders N

5 | P a g e 10. SUB-LETTING OF THE CONTRACT: The successful applicants shall be responsible for full execution of the contract and shall not, in any case, assign or sublet the supply order or part thereof to any other party which will otherwise attract penalty of 10 % of the total value of the order and even debarring and blacklisting of the vendors.

REGISTRATION OF BIDDERS:

Any Bidder willing to take part in the process of e-Tendering will have to be enrolled & registered with the Government e-Procurement system, through logging on to e-tendering portal of the Govt. of W.B., https://wbtenders.gov.in .The prospective Bidder is to click on the link for e-Tendering site as given on the web portal. Digital Signature certificate (DSC) Each Bidder is required to obtain a class-II or Class-III Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) from National Informatics Centre (NIC) for submission of tenders, from the approved service provider of the (NIC) on payment of requisite amount; details are available at the Website. DSC is given as a USB e-Token.

The Bidder can search & download NIT & Tender Documents electronically from computer once he logs on to the website https://wbtenders.gov.in , using the Digital Signature Certificate. This is the only mode of collection and submission of Tender Documents. Corrigendum, if any, will also be uploaded in this web portal.

11. TESTING: (a) Director-in-Charge of Technical Education & Training, West Bengal and the heads of the polytechnics will be at liberty to get the supplied items tested at Govt. selected/ empanelled laboratory, Govt approved Test Houses, BIS Labs etc., the identity of which shall not be divulged to the Tenderer.

(b) A sum@ 2% of bills exclusive of Govt. tax & duties will be deducted from the bills of the supplies of items to meet the cost of testing charges, if testing is to be done.

12. WITHDRAWAL /CANCELLATION & PURCHASE POLICY OF TENDERING AUTHORITY: i) The tendering authority reserves the right to withdraw any item from the tender at any stage. The selection of such item, if already made in favour of any Tenderer, shall be treated as cancelled. ii) The tendering authority reserves the right to reject or accept any tender or part thereof at any stage or to split any tender without assigning any reason. Withdrawal of tender or any revision after submission of tender by the Tenderer will not be allowed. iii) The tendering authority reserves the right to accept or reject any tender, in part or in full, without assigning any reason. iv) Feedback about the bidders for not providing adequate support services for the items supplied to the Govt. institutes of the state during preceding three years may be summarily rejected v) Purchase will; however, be made following the existing purchase policy of the Govt of West Bengal and its amendment(s) or addendum made from time to time.

6 | P a g e vi) The tendering authority reserves the right to procure any item, of the tender directly from any agency having valid D G S & D rate contract even if a tender for the same has been offered/ accepted.

13. PENALTY CLAUSE (A) In case of supply of the sub-standard items, any such items determined by the appropriate authority will not be accepted and the payment for such items will not be made to the supplier.

(B) Debarment from participation in next tender processes of the Technical Education & Training Department: The tender selection committee reserves the right to declare a firm/ Company blacklisted for five years due to the following reasons:

If the supplier

i) withdraws from agreement after being the “Lowest Quoted Tenderer” ii) Failure in supply within stipulated period. iii) For supply of substandard items within tender period as determined by the Competent Authority. iv) In consequence of submission of false or fabricated documents by any firm/ company for participating in the tender, if proved later on. v) Tenderer who have quoted absurdly high or low rate in the opinion of Tender selection Committee, with the intention to vitiate the tender process. vi) Submission of tender for the product(s) for which the concerned company has been blacklisted either by the state Government other State / Central Government Organization. vii) Submission of tender during the period of blacklisting of Concern / Company either by Tender Inviting Authority or by any State Government or by other State/Central Government. viii) If service during the period of warranty as stipulated in terms and conditions of NIT against service call from institutes will not be provided

(C) Financial Penalties for deficiencies in services/supplies during the period of the tender and its subsequent extensions:

1. For supply of sub-standard items within tender period or its extensions – Clause 13 will be followed. 2. For delay in the supply of items ordered: (The procuring officer shall provide the evidence of sending the order to the approved supplier or his authorised distributor or dealer, as the case may be). Part supply will not be considered as supply in full unless specified in the supply order. a. First time offence : If orders are not supplied in full within one week of the date of supply as mentioned in the work order- Caution to be sent along with the copy of the order.

b. Second time offence for the same material/other materials: If orders are not supplied in full within one week of the date of supply as mentioned in the work order or receipt of the caution notice as provided in 4a above - 5% of the total value of the order or Rs 50,000 (Fifty thousand) whichever is less will be deducted from the billed amount.

c. Third time or each subsequent offence

7 | P a g e If orders are not supplied in full within one week of the date of supply as mentioned in the work order- 25% of the total value of the order or Rs 5,00,000 (Five lakhs) whichever is less will be deducted from the bill amount.

d. For firms who fail to supply the full order on five occasions within the tender period and its extensions- the whole Performance Bank Guarantee will be forfeited and the firm and its principals will be debarred from participation in tenders of this Dept. for the next five years.

3. The names of the defaulting suppliers will be put up in the Departmental website.

4. Enhancement of rates of raw materials etc. or the fact that the tender period has been extended will not be acceptable as a plea for not supplying the materials within the stipulated period as provided in the work order.

(D) Non – supply /Risk Purchase

i) If Tenderer fails to execute the supply within the stipulated period, the Tender inviting authority/ order placing authority, is at liberty to make alternative purchase of item/ items for which orders have been placed from any other source, following provisions of the existing Acts/ rules/ Orders.

ii) For the situation as enumerated in points i), ii), iii) under Clause 14 (B), the supplier will be imposed penalty apart from forfeiture of Performance Guarantee. The excess expenditure over and above contracted prices incurred by the Tender inviting authority/ Order placing authority in making such purchases from any other sources or in the open market or from any other money due and will become due to the default supplier and in the event of such amount being insufficient, the balance will be recovered personally from the supplier or his pending bills, if any.

14. PENALTY FOR FORMATION OF CARTEL OR FURNISHING OF FRADULENT/ MISLEADING DOCUMENTS : If during the tender process or at any stage during the validity of the tender period, it is found that a Tenderer(s) has formed a cartel in whatsoever form or name to fix up the rates or suppliers to the detriment of the fairness of the tender process, penal measures shall be initiated. Similar penal measures shall also be initiated against those tenderers who have submitted false/ misleading/ fraudulent documents or made incorrect declarations. The penal measure will be

Forfeiture of Earnest Money

Forfeiture of Performance Bank Guarantee.

Cancellation from the approved list of suppliers and debarment from further supply orders

Black listing from all Departmental tenders (called by the TETor others) of the Tenderer, the Principals of the firm(s) and the concerned distributor(s) for a period of five years

15. APPEAL: Appeal against the decision to impose such a penalty will lie with the Tender Evaluation Committee. Review against the decision of the T.S.C. will lie with Tech Edn & Trg Deptt of the Govt of WB .The Secretary will be the appellate authority within the Department of Tech Edn & Trg, Government of West Bengal. Before

8 | P a g e imposing any penalty as per clauses mentioned above, the concerned supplier may appeal to the authority citing the proper reasons for non- imposing the penalty as stated.

16. AGREEMENT: On a tender being accepted, intimation of acceptance will be forwarded to the Tenderer by the Director-in- Charge of Tech Edn&Trg, W.B. Such intimation may be forwarded either in one lot or in different lots. After communication of the same, the Tenderer will have to execute agreement in the prescribed form with the Director-in-Charge of Tech Edn & Trg, W.B. or his nominee. In case any direct purchasing unit wishes to go for a separate agreement the head of the purchasing unit must get written permission to that effect from his controlling authority. This present document and the tender forms filled in by the Tenderer or copies thereof in so far as they are not inconsistent with these terms & Conditions will be incorporated as part of the agreement. Such agreement will be binding on the Tenderer.

17. GURANTEE AND WARRANTY All items must be guaranteed for replacement if any manufacturing defect or shortage of accessories found during demonstration/first operation. A minimum warranty of one year from the date of installation must be committed for all items.

18. VALIDITY PERIOD OF TENDER: The rates quoted in the tender must be valid for one year from the date opening of financial bid . The bidder must agree to supply items in the quoted rates till that date.

19. ORDER & SUPPLY: i) Orders for the supply of estimated quantities of items in this tender will be placed with the successful bidders after the execution of the agreements, and such supply shall have to be made in such instalments as may be fixed or spread over the period to be specified in the supply orders to be made in pursuance of the agreements.

ii) An idea as to quantities of different items that may be required should be obtained by getting in touch with the Directorate or the other demanding polytechnics, if the bidders so desire. The assessed quantities may be increased or decreased at the discretion of the demanding units at any time throughout the period of validity of the tender/ contract.

iii) If situation so occurs, the tender inviting authority is in liberty of not purchasing any / all item.

20. PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE i) The performance Bank Guarantee/Security Deposit will be mandatory for all suppliers and will not be waived in any case. ii) The successful bidders shall be required to furnish the ‘Performance Bank Guarantee’ equal to 5% of the value of the supply order shall be kept with the procuring officer as Performance Bank guarantee. iii) ‘Performance Bank Guarantee’ should be submitted within three working days from the date of issue of supply order.

9 | P a g e iv) The Performance Bank Guarantee will be liable to forfeiture as enumerated in Clauses above. @gmail.com

21. IMPORTANT DATES : SN Items Date(s) 1. Date of uploading of N.I.T. Documents (online) 13.09.2017 2. Documents download start date (Online) 13.09.2017 at 17.00 3. Date of Bid clarificatory Meeting with the 21.09.2017 at 11.30 A.M. intending bidders 4. Bid Submission start date (On line) 14.09.2017 at 09.00 a.m. 5. Bid Submission closing (On line) 13.10.2017 up to 18.00 6. Bid opening date for Technical Proposals 16.10.2017 at 12.30 P.M. (If (Online)(Bid A) the date falls on holiday, bid will be opened on next working day)

a. DIRECTOR-IN-CHARGE OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION & TRAINING, W.B., RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHANGE THE ABOVE SCHEDULE IN CASE OF ANY EXIGENCIES AFTER PUTTING UP A NOTICE IN THE WEBSITE www.wbtenders.gov.in AND OFFICE NOTICE BOARD. b. All the prospective bidders are requested to be present during opening the bids, at the office of the Directorate of Technical Education & Training, West Bengal. c. No objections in this respect will be entertained raised by any Bidder who will be present during opening of bid, or from any Bidder who will be absent at the time of opening of Financial Bid. d. During the scrutiny, if it comes to the notice to tender inviting authority that the credential or any other paper found incorrect/ manufactured/ fabricated, that bidder would not allowed to participate in the tender and that application will be rejected without any prejudice. e. Prospective bidders may mail their queries in the following e mail addresses [email protected] f. Any litigation in this connection is to be settled in Kolkata. g. The Tender Selection Committee reserves the right to cancel the N.I.T. due to unavoidable circumstances and no claim in this respect will be entertained.

22. CHECK LIST: 1. Application (Annexure I) in cover TECH1 2. Non-Statutory Documents / My documents in My Documents and in cover TECH2 3. Proof of turn-over (last 3 years) in the form of certificate by a registered CA(mentioning Registration no.) stating annual turn-over of last three financial years in cover TECH1 4. Certificate of Bank Solvency of Rs 30 lakhs in cover TECH1 5. Copies of IS/BIS certification in cover TECH3 6. Specification Compliance sheet cum unpriced BOQ in cover TECH3 7. Brochures in cover TECH4 & TECH5 (if space becomes insufficient for Brochures, hard copies may be submitted within closing date with a mention that hard copies are submitted. 8. Bid B (BOQ) Sd/- Saibal Mukhopadhyay Director-in-Charge of Technical Education & Training West Bengal

10 | P a g e ANNEXURE - I APPLICATION

NOTICE INVITING TENDER FOR PROCUREMENT OF EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENT, MACHINERIES, TOOLS, MEDICAL EQUIPMENTS, CR SYSTEM, PHOTOCOPIER, ETC. RELATED TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING/ ELECTRONICS & TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING/ ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERING/ COMPUTER SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGY/ MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY/ MEDICAL ELECTRONICSLABORATORIES AND WORKSHOPS OF DIFFERENT GOVT POLYTECHNICS OF THE STATE

NIT No: WBTET/DTET/ NIT18 /Equip/2017/EEEC Date: 13.09.2017

1. Name and address of Firm/Agency/ Company andTelephone/ Cellphone Number and e-mailID

2. Registration No with ROC with Date 3.Category (Manufacturer / Dealer /distributor)

4. Name, Designation, Address and Telephone No. Of Authorized Signatory

5. Please specify as to whether tenderer is sole proprietor/ Partnership firm/ Privateor Limited company

6. Name, Address and Telephone No of Directors /partners

7. Name & Address of the Banker

8. Details of Earnest Money Deposit: (a) Amount with details (b) Demand Draft/Pay order/ Bankers Cheque No: (c) Date of Issue (d) Name of issuing Bank &Branch:

9. Any other information:

10. Declaration by the Bidder:

This is to certify that I/We before signing this tender have read and fully understood all the terms and condition contained herein and undertake myself/ourselves to abide by them.

(Signature of the Bidder) Name and Address (with Seal)

11 | P a g e Annexure A List and Specification of Instruments All the items should be new and first hand only, mentioning of Make and Model at the specific space/ cell of the Specification Compliance sheet cum un-priced BOQ for each quoted item is mandatory. Reference of page no in print copy of brochure/ link in the website is mandatory for cross verification of detail specification. In absence of those references, items may be summarily rejected while technical evaluation Sl. Item Items Specification / Description No. Code 1. 1007 AC Distributor TRANSMISSION LINE TRAINER CONSIST OF:- 100 KM X 3 simulator SIMULATED 1 PHASE TX LINE BLOCK at the end of each block short is possible all digital meters at the receiving end, microprocessor controlled multifunction multi-display unit with rs485 & rs232 interface, for at a time 15 parameter display on pc ( pc included in the system with proper interface along with necessary cables, connectors & soft ware). parameters:- phase voltage (l-l,l-n), phase current, frequency, phase power factor, phase angle, phase active, reactive and apparent power, apparent energy (kvah), active energy (kwh) import and export, reactive energy (kvarh) import and export, system voltage & system current, kva,kvar and kw, neutral current, current demand and max current demand, kva demand and max. etc loading provision for total 1kva –load of variable separate inductive, capacitive & resistive load bank. provission for determination of abcd parameters ferranti effect at end points at no load.back light illuminated mop sheet panel. high quality patch cord.

2. 3 ACCOUSTIC Furnishing of fully soundproof Acoustic Hall filled with microphone SOUND Speaker, Woofer SYSTEM: SPECIFICATION FOR MUSIC SYSTEM:

• Speaker type - 2-way bass reflex • Frequency Range (-10dB) - 55Hz-20kHz • Nominal coverage - H:90,V:40, • Components - LF:12" cone, HF:1.75", Ti vc, CD-Horn • Power rating - PGM 400W, PEAK- 800W • Nominal impedance - 8? • SPL • Sensitivity (1W; 1m on axis) - 97dB SPL • I/O connectors - Speakon x 1, Phone x 2 • Flying and mounting hardware - M10 x 3 • Pole socket - 35 mm • Dimensions - W:480 (18-7/8"),H:695 (27-3/8"), D:400 (15-3/4"). Specification for cordless MICROPHONE:- Led power indicator & channel display - RF signal indicator for transmitter signal strength - ac/dc adapter power jack - signal/noise ratio: - 105db - dimensions 6.8" X 5.3" X 1.7" Body-Pack transmitter specifications • Operation Range: Up to 164 ft. - UHF Signal for wider range and less obstruction - Power Supply: 110/220VReceiver Specifications - Border Upon Channel Rejection: > 70 dB - Includes (2) wireless body-pack transmitters, headsets & lavaliers • Audio Level Indicator for wireless system audio signal level - Up to eight separate channels to choose from - RF Frequency Range: 673- 697.975 MHz - T.H.D.: < 1% - RF Frequency Range: 673-697.975 MHz - Max Deviation: ± 40 KHz • User manual.

12 | P a g e 3. 5 ANALOG Precision grade, portable analog meters in teakwood case, bakelite panel, WATTMETER leather belt and rubber shoes for horizontal use only with 6 inch long and clear rectangular window with excellent visibility, knife edge pointer and Anti parallax mirror. Accuracy Class ± 0.5% of full scale deflection. Dynamometer type Wattmeters i) 5-10A, 150-300-600V, ii) 10-20A, 150-300-600V. 4. 6 ANALOG AC Precision grade, portable analog meters in teakwood case, bakelite panel, Voltmeter leather belt and rubber shoes for horizontal use only with 6 inch long and clear rectangular window with excellent visibility, knife edge pointer and Anti parallax mirror. Accuracy Class ± 0.5% of full scale deflection : i) 0-150-300V, ii) 0-250-500V. 5. 7 ANALOG DC Precision grade, portable analog meters in teakwood case, bakelite panel, Voltmeter leather belt and rubber shoes for horizontal use only with 6 inch long and clear rectangular window with excellent visibility, knife edge pointer and Anti parallax mirror. Accuracy Class ± 0.5% of full scale deflection : i) 0-50V, ii) 0-150-300V iii) 0-250-500V

6. 11 CAPSTAN & spindle hollow 28, maximum capacity 25, range of spindle speed 650- TURRET 1660, length of bed 1050 mm, width of bed 178, height of center above LATHE bed 165 7. 15 DC M-G Set. Motor: 3HP, 1500rpm, 220V, Field: Shunt Generator: 2KW, 1500rpm, 220 V D.C Field Shunt-Self excited. Control Panel: In built rectifier, 4pt. Starter, Ammeter, Voltmeter, Rotary type variable resistor in both side of motor and generator, Digital R.P.M. meter with proximity sensor,. Necessary cables and connectors. 8. 17 DC Series motor 220 V, 2 HP, series type, with belt- pulley and spring balance arrangement for load test. Necessary installation & commissioning included. Control Panel: In built rectifier, 2pt. Starter, Ammeter, Voltmeter, Rotary type variable resistor, Digital R.P.M. meter with proximity sensor,. Necessary cables and connectors. 9. 18 DVD Player SPECIFICATION FOR DVD PLAYER:- Control Once Touch MP3 Creation Connectivity HDMI out, USB 2.0; USB Media Link for media playback from USB flash drives Image Format High definition JPEG playback for images in true resolution Playable Format Plays CD, (S)VCD, DVD, DVD+R/RW, DVD-R/RW Audio Format MP3, WMA Audio Technology Dolby Digital

10. 19 Experimental The kit must contain trainer kit for RC Resistors(47k Ω; 10k Ω; 2.2k Ω; 4.7k Ω x 2; 680 Ω) phase shift Capacitors(22µF; 1µF; .01µFx3) oscillator for Transistor BC107 different cut off Potentiometer(4.7k), variable DC power supply (0-12V), Variable frequencies. (amplitude and frequency ) mV AC supply and digital panel meter for voltage and current

13 | P a g e 11. 21 Flow control Set up should consist of ---Mass flow meter, single loop controller, system using control valve (Glove),Transmitter should be installed at the upstream of mass flow meter, control valve,Controlling facility by controller, Continuous water single loop recycling facility,Table mounted set up preferable. Quotation must contain controller and proper specification of flow meter, single loop controller, control valve, control valve transmitter, transmitter, pump etc

12. 22 Grinding Machine Dia 250 mm, width 25 mm, RPM 2800, 1 HP, 415 V , 3 phase motor

13. 23 Implementation a Features: data acquisition 8 Single ended analog inputs, application using Up to 76.9KSPS speed Built in signal conditioning, an 8-bit data Micro SD card (4GB) storage capacity, acquisition card. Logging capacity of 2Year, In-built RTC with CMOS battery backup, LED and LCD display, Can be interfaced with PC directly, Graph view: Second/Minute/Hours/Day, Auto insert data from SD card, Globally availability of data or graph (through My SQL), Specifications: Single ended analog input: Channels: 8 Input Voltage range: 0 to 2.5V, RTC: Available Accuracy: Data accuracy: ±2LSB absolute Resolution: 10 bit Conversion Time: 13 - 260 µs Speed: Up to 76.9KSPS (Up to 15KSPS at maximum resolution) Storage Type:Storage type: Micro SD card (4GB), Logging capacity: up to 2 Year User Interface with PC Bus type: RS485 Serial communication, Display LCD,7 segment display,uilt-In signal conditioning:, I/O Connector: 18- screw terminals, Power: 5V DC/200mA

14. 24 Level control Set up should consist of --- system using D/P D/P transmitter, single loop controller, control valve (Glove), transmitter, Single Tank for level measurement and control. loop controller & Transmitter should be installed at the bottom of the tank. control valve Control valve should be installed at the outlet of the tank. Controlling facility by controller must be there. Water recycles facility with overhead tank Table mounted set up preferable. Quotation must contain proper specification of differential transmitter, single loop controller, control valve.

14 | P a g e 15. 25 Level control Set up should consist of --- system using level Level switches, single loop controller, solenoid valve, switch, and Tank for level measurement and control. controller Level switches should be installed at different height of the tank. Solenoid should be installed at the inlet and outlet of the tank Controlling facility by controller must be there. Water recycle facility with overhead tank. Table mounted set up preferable. Quotation must contain the proper specification of level switch, solenoid valve, controller, pump etc.

16. 26 Marble cutter, Wood cutting saw, stone cutting saw, 2 pc each, Black Dekker [ 1200 with cutting blade Watt ] 17. 30 PORTABLE • Variable up-to 1200 rpm. AUTOMETIC • 230 VAC single phases, 50 cycles. ELECTRIC • Permanent Magnet D.C Motor (.5 H.P.) WINDING M/C • Variable Speed Drive • Associated control switches, lamps and fuses • Armature Attachment • Max core die 80 mm •

18. 31 Power Factor Precision grade, portable analog meters in teakwood case, bakelite panel, Meter (single leather belt and rubber shoes for horizontal use only with 6 inch long and phase) clear rectangular window with excellent visibility, knife edge pointer and Anti parallax mirror. Accuracy Class ± 0.5% of full scale deflection. Power factor meter- Dynamometer type Power factor meter ,1 phase , current coil range : 2.5 & 5.0 amps. ( dual range ), pressure coil range: 150, 300 volts (double range ).

19. 32 Power supply:DC • 2x30V-3A, 5V-3A • Constant voltage & constant current operation • Digital displays for voltage & current • Adjustable current limiter • Protection against overload & short circuit

20. Set up for Speed Set up should consist of 35 control of DC . Inbuilt rectifier. motor • DC shunt motor (1 HP, 230V), • Voltmeter (MC: 0 – 300 V), • Ammeter ( MC: 0 – 10A), • Variable resistor ( 500 Ω, 5A), • 4 point Starter (10A, 230V), • MCB SPN (10A,230V) Including supply of necessary cables and connectors.

21. 36 SLOTTING length of stroke [ maximum ] 175 mm, working stroke 150 mm, RAM MACHINE adjustment 125 mm, maximum dia 500 mm, height between table and head 300 mm, motor 960 rpm, 1.5 HP

22. 38 Synchronous 3 ph, 415 V, 2HP Synchronous Motor coupled with D.C. shunt Generator Motor (2 KVA, 220 V , 1500 R.P.M.) Including supply of necessary meters, equipments, accessories, cables and connectors etc.

15 | P a g e 23. 39 Television 46”, FHD, Slim LED, 3D SMART, Micro Dimming Ultimate, Quad Core, SI 2.0 24. 41 Universal motor 240 V, 0.5KW 25. 1077 UPS (Online) a. Double Conversion Online UPS Topology Demonstration b. AC-DC Converter Circuit based on controlled rectifier Kit c. Battery Charger Circuit d. Single Phase, Pure Sine wave Inverter Circuit with transformer e. Adjustable Output voltage and frequency for the Inverter f. Battery Less Operation should be possible to demonstrate double conversion g. Isolation transformer for probing of signals h. Modular construction of building blocks to be assembled by the students to actually construct a working system i. Maintenance Free VRLA battery suitable for the system (Separate Fully Automatic Battery Charger to be provided for keeping battery in top-up condition during off hours

26. 1081 Vaccum Cleaner Super suction power, anti allergic- for capturing dust mites, pollen and dust, board accessory storage facility, wheels & handle for easy movable, fine dust filter for pure air. Motor and Suction power:1200 W; Power Supply:230V;

27. 45 1 GHZ Counter Technical Specifications Frequency range selection in 3 steps: Input A: - 0.1Hz - 2MHz Input A: - 2MHz - 20MHz, Input B: - 20MHz - 1000MHz Input characteristics Input A: Measuring range 0.1Hz - 20MHz, Frequency range : DC coupled 0.1Hz - 100Hz, AC coupled 100Hz - 20MHz, Sensitivity : DC-0.1Hz - 1Hz, ≥ 350mVrms DC-1Hz - 100Hz, ≥ 100mVrms AC-100Hz - 20MHz, ≥ 200mVrms, Accuracy : ± 1% for 0.1Hz-100Hz ± 0.2% for 100Hz- 20MHz Attenuation Input impedance : : x1, x20 1M Ω Max. Safety voltage: 30V (DC/AC peak) Input B: Measuring range 20MHz - 1000MHz Frequency range: From 20MHz - 1000MHz Sensitivity: ≥ 100mVrms Coupling: AC Only Accuracy: ± 0.05% for 20MHz-1000MHz Max. safety voltage Input impedance : : 3V 50 Ω Display : 16x2 LCD display with frequency range, frequency, period & gate time } }Frequency range selection in 3 steps }Two selectable Gate time; 1s, 10s }Period measurement }Digital readout with backlit LCD }Microcontroller based design }Attenuation of 20dB and input impedance of 1M? (Input A) }Low power consumption }Easy to operate }Online Product Tutorial Frequency measurement from 0.1Hz to 1000MHz

16 | P a g e 28. 46 1.5 Ghz Spectrum Spectrum Analyser Analyser Frequency Range : 9 kHz to 1.5 GHz Frequency Resolution : 1 Hz Marker Frequency Counter Resolution: 1 Hz,10 Hz,100 Hz,1 KHz,10 KHz,100 KHz Frequency Span Range : 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 1.5 GHz Bandwidths Resolution Bandwidth (-3dB) : 100 Hz to 1 MHz, in 1-3-10 sequence Resolution Bandwidth (-6dB) : Opt., 200 Hz, 9 kHz, 120 kHz Tracking Generator TG Output Frequency Range : 9 kHz to 1.5 GHz Remote Control USB : USB TMC LAN Interface : 10/100 Base-T, RJ-45, Display Type :TFT LCD Resolution : 800 x 480 pixels Size : 8 inch

29. 48 12 Lead ECG Generating range:30-300 heart beats/min Simulator ECG amplitude range:200mV-4V DC Heart beat indication:Both LED and audible (Buzzer) control Bipolar leads:Lead I, Lead II, Lead III Unipolar Leads: aVR, aVL, aVF, Chest leads Power supply:110-260V AC,50/60 Hz

30. 51 20MHz CRO Operating mode-Channel1, Channel2, Channel1&2 alternate/ chopped(approximately 350KHz) X-Y(Ratio 1:1 Input via CH2), Add/Sub, InvertCH2. Vertical deflection identical for both channels, Band width-DC- 20MHz(-3dB)DC-28MHz(-6dB), deflection cofficient-12 calibrated steps 2mV/cm- 10V/cm(1-2-5 sequence Accuracy-±3%, input impedence-1MΩ||25pF.,input coupling-DC-AC-Gnd, input voltage- Max400V(DC+PeakAC), time cofficient-18calibrated steps,0.5µs/cm-0.2s/cm(1-2-5 sequence) withmagnifierX5to100ns/cm, with variable controltol 40ns/cmHold-Off-±3%(incalibration position).Stabilized power supply- All operating voltages including the EHT.minus voltage-230V,50Hz, Minusluctuation-±10%(maximum),power consumption-41VA (Approximately, operating temp-0-40°C,90%RH,Apair of probes and manual for the Oscilloscope. N.B.:Repair and calibration facility of the instrument should exist within India

17 | P a g e 31. 52 3 Ghz • Built in power measurements, channel power, occupied bandwitdh, SPECTRUM adjacent channel power, spectrum emission Mask apart from other ANALYZER standard measurements • Built in power meter function with additional (optional) powersensor support • Optional tracking generator and preamplifier • Optional AM/ FM, ASK/ FSK demodulation facility • It can be combination of Spectrum analyser and power metern with optional sensor • It should have software for remote facility DETAILED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:- a) Frequency range : 9 KHz to 3 GHz b) Frequency Resolution : ±1 ppm/ year c) Aging rate : 400 V (peak) d) Resolution bandwith : 10 ms to 1000 s f) Built in measurement: Occupied bandwidth, Adjacent Channel power, Spectrum emission mask and TOI g) Markers: Minimum 10 Nos h) Sensitivity: - 130 dbm withouot pre amplifier i) Display : Resolution 640X 480 j) Maximum damage level: : ± 35 dbm k) Interface : USB, GP-IB LAN,

N.B.:Repair and calibration facility of the instrument should exist within India

32. 53 3 ph, 415 / 240 V, 3 ph, 400 V/ 230 V, 3KVA , 50 HzTransformer with all terminals brought 3 KVA out for study of different connections (star-delta/ vector group). Necessary Transformer with installation & commissioning included. all terminals brought out for different connections. 33. 54 3 phase I/M (semi 1HP, 400V, 3-Ph 50Hz, sqiurrel cage open type for dismantling the motor open type) ,1 hp and assembling of different parts of motor. 34. 55 30V/2A Dual 30V/2A Dual tracking & 5V/2A fixed power Supply tracking & Variable Output 5V/2A fixed .Output Voltage : 0 ~ 30VDC power Supply .Output Current : 0 ~ 2A (ME 230) & 0 ~ 5A (ME 231) .Source Regulation : < 0.05% +10mV .Load Regulation : < 0.05% +10mV .Ripple & Noise : <1mV (rms) .Digital Display : 3 digit voltage & current display .Accuracy : +1%, +1 Digit Fixed Output .Output Voltage : Fixed 5VDC/3.3VDC .Output Current : 1A .Source Regulation : <5mV .Load Regulation : <15mV .Ripple & Noise : <2mV (rms) .Power requirement : 220 VAC +10% , 50 Hz .Weight : 4.0Kg Approx. .Dimensions (mm) : 120(L) x 250(B) x 150(H) Standard accessories: Power cable, Instruction manual

18 | P a g e 35. 56 32V/2A 32 v/3 A,-32v /-3 A,3.3v/5A fixed, Easy operation with up down key, high PROGRAMMAB resolution 10mV,1mA, Over voltage over current protection by software, LE POWER 50 set memory, SUPPLY self test and software calibration, international safety regulations, Auto step running with time setting, tripple o/p, auto tracking, RS232 communication, high stability, low drift, 4 digit display 36. 57 3-Phase contactor 3-Phase, 415 V, 16 A Power contactor unit with 2 NO + 2NC Aux. unit contact & 230 V Coil. 37. 58 4 mm Moulded 4 mm Moulded Banana Jack (Pair) Banana Jack (Pair) 38. 59 42" HD LCD Integrated multimedia USB player makes digital signage simple, LED Monitor backlighting technology reduces power consumption and allows for a slimmer cabinet depth , Thinner bezel improves display's aesthetics 24- Hour On/Off timer maintains power schedules, Full 1080p high-definition resolution provides stunning detail, Built-in NTSC/ATSC analog/digital tuner allows for high-definition broadcast capabilities, Built-in, low- profile 10W speakers enhance the experience with superior sound

39. 60 4-Channel Analog Technical Specification- TDM Trainer On-board signals: • Sine Waves: Frequency : 250Hz, 500Hz, 1 KHz, 2KHz Amplitude : 0 - 4 Vpp D.C. Signal : 0 - 4 V • Input Channels : 4 nos. • Should have Time Division Multiplexing with sampling rate of 32 KHz and Pulse Amplitude Modulation technique. • Phase Lock Loop should generate receiver clock and channel information. • Low Pass Filter : 4th order Butterworth filters. • 5-8 switch faults should be provided on board to study different effects on circuit. • Should be able to demonstrate 3 wire , 2 wire and 1 wire communication between Transmitter and Receiver • 35 to 39 Test points should be provided to observe various intermediate signals. • Power Supply of GND, +5V, +12V, -12V

19 | P a g e 40. 61 50 Mhz Dual Dual Trace CRO Trace CRO Bandwidth : 50MHz Realtime Sample Rate :500MSa/s (Single Channel) Equivalent Sample Rate :50GSa/s Number of Channels :2 CH +1 Ext Memory Depth :32Kpts (Single Channel) Acquisition Modes :Normal/Average/Peak Detect Average : Selectable from 4 to 256 Vertical Sensitivity :2mV/div - 10V/div Vertical Resolution : 8 bitsI nput Impedance :1 MW ±2% II 17 pF ±3 pF Input Coupling : DC, AC and GND Maximum Input Voltage: ±400Vpp Trigger Sources :CH1, CH2, Ext, Ext /5, AC Line Trigger Modes :Auto, Normal, Single Trigger Type :Edge, Pulse Width, Slope, Video, Alternate Auto Measure: FOV Shoot, RPRE Shoot, FPRE Shoot, Rise time, Fall time, Freq, Period, Vpp, Vmax, Vmin, Vamp, Vtop, Vbase, Vavg, Mean, Crms, Vrms, ROVShoot, + Wid, -Wid, +Dut, -Dut, BWid, Phase, Cursor Measure: Manual, Track and Auto measure mode Sin x/x, Linear Storage :Internal : 2 reference waveforms, 20 waveforms and 20 SetupsUSB : BMP, CSV, Waveforms, Setups Communication Port : USB Host, USB Device, RS232, Pass/Fail Sample Types : Real Time and Equivalent Time FFT : Window: Hanning, Hamming, Blackman, Rectangular Measure Display Modes Main, Window, Window Zoom, Scan, X-Y Menu Display :2 sec, 5 sec, 10 sec, 20 sec, Infinite A pair of robes and accessories and mannuals. N.B.:Repair and calibration facility of the instrument should exist within India

41. 62 5x4 Matrix Study of implementation : analysis and interfacing of LED bar Display Module graph,Study of analyze the interfacing of 16 x 2LCD, Study of implementation, analysis and interfacing of seven segment display, Display : 16 x 2 character LCD , Contrast control :0 - 5 V (Variable) Backlight control : 5 V (Variable),Seven segment display: 4 nos., LED bar graph: 1 no.Interface :20 pin FRC cable, Test points: 32 nos (Gold plated),Power Supply :From Microcontroll development, platform. NV50XX series Dimensions (mm):W 250 x D 150 x H 80, Weight: 380 gms approximately,Included Accessories 42. 63 8- Bit DAC & Study of ADC interfacing , Study of DAC interfacing, Study of timing ADC Module and control signals of ADC and DAC , Pin to pin study of ADC and DAC, ADC: ADC0808, DAC:DAC0808,Power Supply:From microcontroller development board. 43. 66 8051 Based 8051 Microcontroller Trainer Kit;Based on Intel's 8051 microcontroller advanced 12MHz with Microcontroller • on board power supply Trainer • Rechargeable Ni-Cd battery • ASCII Keyboard interface • Programming interface with PC • Compiler and Cross assemblers for programming in C, Visual Basic • LCD Display,8051 USB Programmer, 16*2 LCD, Light Sensor module (LDR), TSOP Sensor module, 4*4 Matrix Keypad, AA 6 Cell holder, Burge strip F-F connectors, • 32 K or higheruser RAM. (Expandable) • Serial I/O through 8251 USART, with on-board level shifters 1488, 1489.

20 | P a g e • Parallel I/O lines available through two 8255 chips • 3 channels of 16 bit timer/counters from 8253. 8254 • ADC & DAC interface module • Stepper motor interface • Square, triangular, staircase wave generator interface module • DC Voltage, current Measurement interface module • Zero crossing detectors interface module • Traffic Control interface module • Users’ guide • CD - Required Software, USB cable, Microcontroller & Its interfacing book with Application Projects, CD - Required Software 44. 65 8051 8 BIT EMBEDDED MICROCONTROLLER TRAINER Microcontroller Development FEATURES Board with • Single board design with various resources programmer • Excellent training platform for embedded applications • Software development tools include assembler and ‘C’ compiler • Easy adaptability to different versions of microcontroller in the same family

SPECIFICATIONS • Experimental board for 40 pin MCS51 and AVR family of microcontrollers • In-system programming (ISP) facility for many microcontrollers • Double RESET signal with manual key • Crystal frequency: 11.0592MHz • On-board RS232 compatible serial interface terminated in a 9 Pin 'D' female connector • 4×4 matrix keyboard • 16×2 alphanumeric LCD connector (4-bit interface) and trimmer for contrast adjustment • Four 7-segment LED displays • I2C EEPROM (24Cxx) • Real time clock (DS1307) with lithium battery and SRAM • 8-high current output port (500mA) for driving external loads • Two 12V sugar cube relays • Continuous tone piezo buzzer • Temperature sensor socket with thermostat functions • Four 8-bit A/D converter, one 8-bit D/A converter provided by PCF8591 • All port-pins available on 10-pin box header • 8 LEDs for easy logic state monitoring • 8 input trigger switches using 8 push buttons • ISP programming with Flash ISP for AT89S51/52/8252/AVR • Infrared remote control receiver module

IC supported • P89V51RD2BN • AT89S52

Installable software on CD • Programmers notepad : Free, open source, text editor • Flash ISP programmer software for 89SXX • Bascom basic compiler (demo version) • MIDE-51: An IDE for MCS-51 microcontroller

21 | P a g e • WinAVR : open source C compiler for AVR • Sample programs for peripherals

DC 12V/500mA output power supply

EXPERIMENTS • Study of LED blink • Study of dancing light • Study of LCD display • Study of LCD-keyboard display • Study of 7 –segment display • Study of RC5 remote control test program • Study of analog to digital converter • Study of real time clock (RTC) 45. 68 8085 Microprocessor * Based on 8085 CPU operating at 6.144 MHz crystal. Trainer kit * 16K bytes of EPROM with powerful monitor program. * 32K byte of RAM available to the user. * Battery backup for user's RAM with 3.6V rechargeable cell * Total on board memory expansion upto 64K bytes using 2732/2764/27128/6264. * Memory mapping definable by the user. * 20x2 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). * 104/105KeysIBM PC Compatible ASCII Keyboard * 48 programmable I/O lines provided through 2 nos. of 8255. * 16 bit programmable timer/counter using 8253. * Additional serial port using 8251. * EPROM Programmer for 27 series with 28 pin ZIF. * Printer Inteface. * RS-232C interface for CRT using SID / SOD lines. * Interrupt Controller using 8259. * 8 Channel 8 bit ADC using 0809. * 1 Channel 8 bit D/A using DAC 0800. * 1 Relay output. * 1 Opto isolated input. * Two modes of Commands: Key board Mode & Serial Mode * All address, data and control lines are buffered and made available at theedge connector as per STD Bus configuration. * Powerful Software Commands like relocate, string, fill, insert, delete, block move, memory compare etc. * Onboard Single Line Assembler/Disassembler * including Stepper Motor control facility. * Facility for Downloading/Uploading files from/to PC. * In-built Power Supply. * User's Manual.

46. 69 8085 With suitable Hardware and related software. Stepper motor (6/12V DC, microprocessor 1Kg-cm. torque) with suitable driver. Software for single phase, 2ph & based controller hybrid operation with option for forward/reverse and continuous rotation for the operation & fixed number of step operation. Pointer fitted over a 360 degree dial on of a stepper motor the shaft of the stepper motor. Dedicated Intel 8085 based kit with ADC, with a fixed no.of 8255, 2K (extendable upto 8K) RAM & ROM, 8279,8253, necessary DC steps and to power supply and connecting cords. determine the

22 | P a g e angular displacement per step by measuring the total angular rotation.

47. 70 8085 High performance 8085A CPU operating at 3 MHz. Microprocessor 16 K powerful monitor FIRMWARE expandable to 32 K. 64 K user Traineer Kit with RAM. ExpandedRAM accessible using bankWrite protect facility for study RAM. 3.6 V Ni-Cad battery back up. VersatileKeyboard/Display interfacing cards controller using 8279. 24 highly reliable dual function keys. 6 digitseven segment LED display. Parallel I/O lines available through two 8255 chips. Serial I/O through 8251 USART,with on-board level shifters 1488,1489.Programmable communication parameters. Built-in audio cassette interface. 3 channels of 16 bit timer/counters from 8253. Powerful 8085 interrupt capabilities. On-board EPROM programmer with ZIF socketfor programming 2716 to 7512 EPROMs and various EEPROMs. Normal and intelligent programming modes. On-board ADC,DAC, opto-isolator, reed relay and miniature speaker. On- board logicprobe. Single stepping, break pointing and machine cycle single stepping facility. Monitorfunctions can be called through software interrupts. Large collection of applicationsoftware provided. All address, data and control lines from the CPU, buffered andbrought out on 50 pin connector. Supplied in attractive polished wooden enclosure. i) DMA Controller Study Card (8257) , ii) INTERRUPT STUDY CARD (8259) iii) Keyboard display study card (8279) iv) Latch, Buffer, Decoder, RAM Study Card v) 8255 study card. vi) Study of USART (8251) vii) TIMER: Study of 8253. viii) Traffic Junction Simulation Study Card

23 | P a g e 48. 71 8086 Trainer Kit 8086 CPU operating @ 8 MHz in maximum mode.• Socket provision for co-processor.• 8284A clock generator.• 8288A bus controller.• Powerful monitor firmware in two 27256 EPROM’s(64 KB) organised as 16 bit words. Monitor EPROM’s expandable to 128 KB using two 27512 EPROM's.• 64 KB Static RAM in two 62256 RAM's organized as 16 bit words with battery back-up for data retention.• 40 X 2 LCD display &a IBM compatible keyboard.• Optional Hex Keypad and seven segment display interface through 8279 Keyboard/Display controller.• On-board 8254 timer/counter chip. Out of 3 channels of timer/counter to the user through a 7 pin relimate connector.• 48 TTL I/O lines using two 8255 PPI chips and all signals terminated on two 26 pin FRC connectors.• The PIO Cards can be interfaced through one 26 pin FRC connector.• Printer interface provided through another 26 pin FRC connector.• RS-232C compatible serial port using 8251 and all serial terminated on 9 pin D-type male connector on the rear of Kit.• Software selectable baud rate through Hex Keyboard.• On-board 8250 PIC. Out of 8 interrupts, 3 are available on 50 pin FRC bus.• On board Assembler / Disassembler.• All 8086 bus signals terminated on 50 and 20 pin FRC connectors.• The peripheral Study Cards can be interface on 50 pin FRC bus.• 3.6 V Ni-Cad battery back-up circuit for static RAM’s.• Two modes of operation :o Monitor mode : Using on board Assembler / Dissasembler using the IBM compatible keyboard.o Serial Mode : Through RS-232 serial port with a terminal.• Attractive enclosure. • Inbuilt Power Supply. with i) 8 Bit Analog To Digital Converter Study card., ii) 8 channe, b bit analog to digital converter. iii) Digital To Analog Converter Study Card, iv) Opto - Isolator And Reed Relay Interface study card., v) Serial Display Interface Study Card., vi) Stepper Motor Controller Interface Study card, vii) Traffic Control Study Card

49. 73 A kit of Basic REQUIRED SPECIFICATION Electricity & • should be a single board system, capable of covering minimum 20 Electronics Experiments components • Should cover basic semiconductor devices such as diodes, BJT, FET, MOSFET, UJT, PUT, DIAC, TRIAC, SCR, IGBT. • IEEE symbol of all components should be provided on the PCB. Should include On-board components • On-board resources such as resistor, capacitor, diode and Potentiometer banks of different values should be available. • On-board Relay and Opto-coupler • On-board variable regulated dual power supply (500mA) range from 0V to 30V • On-board dual power supply (500mA) range from 0V to 30V • On-board External AC power range from -12V to +35V • Resistor range from 100E to 200k Ω • Capacitor range from 0.1µF to 100 µF • Inductor (1mH) • Potentiometer(10K) • Good quality Breadboard (175mmX63mm) should be provided • Multimedia Interactive e-manual to be provided on CD with Theory, Circuit Diagram, animations & experiments Should fulfill following Range of Semiconductor Device: Germanium Diode(1N60),Fast Switching Diode (1N4148), Zener Diode(5.1V) , Light

24 | P a g e Emitting Diode (GREEN LED 5mm), Bipolar Transistor PNP Bipolar Transistor NPN, Uni-Junction Transistor 2N2646 (UJT-N channel) Field Effect Transistor (JFET BFW10)MOSFET(IRF-Z44N) DIAC (DB3), TRIAC (BT136),IGBT (IRG4BC 30S),Silicon Controlled Rectifier (SCR TYN604),Voltage Dependent Resistor(VDR),Light Dependent Resistor(LDR) • Opto-Coupler (MCT2E) • Varactor Diode (1N4007) • Relay (2A0214)

50. 75 A/D & D/A FEATURES Converter Trainer Analog To Digital Converter • 8-bit descrete ADC • 12-bit monolithic ADC IC • On-board signal generator with adjustable amplitude levels • On-board LED bank to observe digital outputs • Power supply : +5V, ±12V GND • Interconnection is provided by 2mm connectors • Experimental manual

Digital To Analog Converter

• 8-bit binary weighted resistors DAC • 8-bit ladder type D to A converter • 8-bit D to A converter using monolithic IC • Simple construction using Op-Amp and resistors • Onboard switches are provided for digital pattern generation • 8-bit digital inputs ranges from 00 to FF • Variable frequency counter to study the settling time SPECIFICATIONS • 8-bit binary weighted and 4-bit ladder type DAC are constructed using discrete components • 8-bit monolithic DAC having settling time in the range of ns, wide power supply range, low power consumption, full scale error ± 1LSB • 8-bit digital ramp ADC constructed using discrete components • 12-bit monolithic ADC having conversion time in the range of µs, industry standard pin out, wide input range • 8 onboard switches to provide digital inputs to DAC • 8-bit counter running on external clock frequency to study settling time of DAC • Built in low frequency clock generator • 1 KHz sine wave with adjustable amplitude level • Onboard variable DC voltage source for studying unipolar and bipolar modes of ADC • 12 output LEDs to observe ADC outputs • ADA operates on DC power supply (+12V,-12V,+5V and GND) • Interconnection is provided by standard 2mm connector • Extensive experimental manual is provided with the kit

EXPERIMENTS

Analog To Digital Converter • To study and measure resolution of ADC • To measure the conversion time of the ADC • To study full scale adjustment for unipolar and bipolar signals • To study the working of ADC

25 | P a g e

Digital To Analog Converter

• To study and measure the resolution of DAC • To study and measure the settling time of DAC • To study the effect of settling time on DAC • To study the working of DAC for various digital data pattern

51. 76 A/D converter Interface kit with D/A interface board with programmable clock oscillator that generates 8086 and 8051 100 KHz clock signal.suitable for interfacing with 8086 and 8051

52. A3 Photocopier 77 Desktop model 20 copies per minute in A4 Warms up in 25 seconds B5 – A3 for 1st and 2nd cassettes 1 x 250 sheets cassette capacity; 100 sheets for bypass; maximum 1,700 sheets Output 250 sheets 112 MB memory 99 department codes Low toner detection First copy out in 7.6 seconds 600 x 600 dpi scanning 2400 x 600 dpi printing 25% – 200% zoom 999 multiple copies Electronic sort ID card copy Double-sided copy

53. 82 AC Chopper Technical Specification-On board firing circuit : Voltage comparator methodInterconnections : 2 mm socketsSCR assembly : SCR TYN 616, 600V, 16 ATest points : 7 nos (Gold plated)Mains Supply : 220V/110V, 50 Hz / 60HzOperating Conditions : 0-40 C, 85% RHIncluded Accessories :2mm Patch cords (Red) 16" : 1 no.2mm Patch cords (Black) 16" : 1 no.2mm Patch cords (Blue) 16" : 10 nos.Mains cord : 1 no.

26 | P a g e 54. 83 AC servo voltage AC servo voltage Stabilizer as servo mechanism Stabilizer as servo Power MOSFET in bridge configuration 4No. Of powerconnected to the mechanism DC source (built in) and necessary circuitry is provided to get a square wave AC source with variable frequency. • Selection of low frequency and high frequency can be made. • Low frequency AC. O/P is stepped up by an O/P transformer, to drive a 40W,230V lamp load. • For higher frequency operation only resistive load is provided, • All the required test points are provided. • The system is laid out on a neatly labeled poly carbonate panel with clear marketing of the various components .Model size 60x40x15 cms approx. Standard accessories:

55. 84 AC/24V AC/24V DC(Battery)Operation PA Amplifier DC(Battery)Oper Public Addressing System Amplifier: AC/24V DC(Battery)Operation ation PA Amplifier 56. 88 Active & reactive TRANSMISSION LINE TRAINER CONSIST OF:- 100 KM X 3 power flow SIMULATED 1 PHASE TX LINE BLOCK at the end of each block through short is possible.all digital meters at the receiving end, microprocessor transmission line controlled multifunction multi-display unit with rs485 & rs232 interface, for at a time 15 parameter display on pc ( pc included in the system with proper interface along with necessary cables, connectors & soft ware). parameters:- phase voltage (l-l,l-n), phase current, frequency, phase power factor, phase angle, phase active, reactive and apparent power, apparent energy (kvah), active energy (kwh) import and export, reactive energy (kvarh) import and export, system voltage & system current, kva,kvar and kw, neutral current, current demand and max current demand, kva demand and max. etc loading provision for total 1kva –load of variable separate inductive, capacitive & resistive load bank. provission for determination of abcd parameters ferranti effect at end points at no load.back light illuminated mop sheet panel. high quality patch cord.

57. 103 Advance Fiber FEATURES Optic Trainer • Fiber optic transmitter : 2 wave lengths (660nm and 950nm) • Fiber optic receiver : 2 types (PIN photo diode, photo transistor detector ) • On-board function generator 1Hz ~ 10KHz • Fiber optic analog link and digital link • Modulation techniques : - Direct intensity modulation - Frequency modulation - Pulse width modulation (PWM) - Pulse position modulation (PPM) • Voice communication • PC to PC Communication using Rs232 standard • Switch faults • Multimedia based interactive e-manual SPECIFICATIONS Transmitter: Two Siemens fiber optics LED Transmitter 01: Peak wavelength of emission 660nm red visible (SFH756V) Transmitter 02 : Peak wavelength of emission 950nm (SFH450V)

27 | P a g e Receiver : Two fiber optic photo detector Receiver 01 : PIN photo diode with responsivity of 0.3 µA (SFH250V) Receiver 02 : Photo Detector with TTL Logic output (SFH551V) On-Board Signals: Sine Wave, Frequency : 1Hz ~ 10KHz, Amplitude : 0 ~ 4 Vpp, TTL-Square Wave - Frequency : 1Hz ~ 10KHz Modulation techniques: Direct intensity modulation, Frequency modulation, • Pulse width modulation (PWM) (with variable clock 4 KHz, 8 KHz, 16 KHz, and 32 KHz) • Pulse position modulation (PPM) (with variable clock 4KHz, 8 KHz, 16 KHz, and 32 KHz) Driver Circuit : Analog and digital configuration for 660 nm and 950 nm LED Analog / digital bandwidth : 2MHz / 5MHz Filter circuit: 4th order Butterworth filters with 3.4 KHz cut-off frequency Voice Communication: Fiber optic voice link using dynamic mike and speaker PC TO PC Communication: using 660 nm and 950 nm LED through RS- 232 standard RS-232 Port type: Two 9 pin D type connector Baud rate : Maximum 115.2 kbps baud Fiber optic cable : Type : plastic optical cable, step index, multimode, Core Refractive• Index-n1 : 1.492, Numerical aperture : 0.5, Acceptance angle : 60º • Fiber diameter : 1000 microns, Outer diameter : 2.2 mm • Fiber lengths : 0.5, 1 and 3 Meters Switch Faults: 8 Switch faults are provided on board to study different effects on circuit Test Points: 24 test points are provided on board to observe intermediate signals Power supply: GND, +5V, +12V, -12V 58. 104 Advance 8086 CPU operating @ 8 MHz in maximum mode. Microprocessor • Socket provision for co-processor. Trainer 8086/88 • 8284A clock generator. with PC and • 8288A bus controller. Accessories • Powerful monitor firmware in two 27256 EPROM’s(64 KB) organised as 16 bit words. Monitor EPROM’s expandable to 128 KB using two 27512 EPROM's. • 64 KB Static RAM in two 62256 RAM's organized as 16 bit words with battery back-up for data retention. • 40 X 2 LCD display &a IBM compatible keyboard. • Optional Hex Keypad and seven segment display interface through 8279 Keyboard/Display controller. • On-board 8254 timer/counter chip. Out of 3 channels of timer/counter to the user through a 7 pin relimate connector. • 48 TTL I/O lines using two 8255 PPI chips and all signals terminated on two 26 pin FRC connectors. • The PIO Cards can be interfaced through one 26 pin FRC connector. • Printer interface provided through another 26 pin FRC connector. • RS-232C compatible serial port using 8251 and all serial terminated on 9 pin D-type male connector on the rear of Kit. • Software selectable baud rate through Hex Keyboard. • On-board 8250 PIC. Out of 8 interrupts, 3 are available on 50 pin FRC bus. • On board Assembler / Disassembler.

28 | P a g e • All 8086 bus signals terminated on 50 and 20 pin FRC connectors. • The peripheral Study Cards can be interface on 50 pin FRC bus. • 3.6 V Ni-Cad battery back-up circuit for static RAM’s. • Two modes of operation : o Monitor mode : Using on board Assembler / Dissasembler using the IBM compatible keyboard. o Serial Mode : Through RS-232 serial port with a terminal. • Attractive enclosure. • Inbuilt Power Supply. with i) 8 Bit Analog To Digital Converter Study card., ii) 8 channe, b bit analog to digital converter. iii) Digital To Analog Converter Study Card, iv) Opto - Isolator And Reed Relay Interface study card., v) Serial Display Interface Study Card., vi) Stepper Motor Controller Interface Study card, vii) Traffic Control Study Card

59. 114 AM/FM Radio SPECIFICATIONS:3 BAND AM/SW/FMRADIO RECEIVER Trainer TRAINER . Power supply : 230V Ac, 50Hz or 6V DC External. Built in IC Regulated supply. Audio Power output : 450 mW.4. Frequency range : MW 520 - 1620KHz.SW - 4.4 - 16MHz.FM 88 – 108MHz. . Controls : Volume and Tone controls.-. Current consumption : 25 mA at zero signal current. . Shock proof circuit..Distortion : 5% to 10%9. Ferrite Antenna for MW, Loop Antenna for SW and Telescopic Antenna for FM band. . Measurement of S/N Ratio, Sensitivity, Selectivity, Fidelity.. All parts are soldered on single PCB with complete circuit diagram screen-printed.. Standard Accessories : 1. A manual having practical. The complete circuit of a MW/SW/FM RADIO is printed on a single P.C.B. . Explanation, Observation, Alignment and adjustment of Internal and external controls is possible . Easy identification of different parts is possible at a glance. Easy measurement of voltages and observation of waveforms at any point. Also typical voltages and Waveforms are provided.. A manual having more than 10 practicals is provided with trainer. The whole circuit of MW/SW/FM RADIO is explained sectionwise in detail in manual.

60. 115 Amplitude Super heterodyne AM Receiver Frequency : 100 Hz~10KHz Intermediate Demodulation Frequency : 455 KHz Output Frequency : 455 KHz adjustable IF filter : Receiver Kit Dual tune LC RF Amplifier with variable gain Mixer (frequency converter)Out put frequency : 455 KHz adjustable Band pass filter : 455 KHz Center frequency Local Oscillator Frequency : Sine wave Load impedance : 900 KHz~2.1 MHz Output impedance : Adjustable from 0 to 2 Vpp 1st IF and 2nd amplifier Central frequency : 455 KHz Load impedance : Variable R-L-C Gain : 40dB with automatic gain control Diode envelope detector Detection of the positive and negative envelop with variable RC filter DSB Product detector Operating frequency : Adjustable from 400 KHz ~ 500 KHz SSB Input amplitude : 1Vpp Audio output Amplifier with speaker Audio amplifier gain : 20 dB Receiver media : MW coil antenna and via cable Switch faults 4 switch faults are provided on board to study different effects on circuit

61. 116 Amplitude Audio Oscillator (sine wave generator)Frequency : 100 Modulation Hz~10KHzAmplitude : 0~2 VppAudio input : Audio preamplifier with Transmitter Kit microphone inputVoltage controlled oscillator (VCO)Output signal : Sine wave Frequency range : 400KHz~500KHz /

29 | P a g e 400KHz~1500KHzAmplitude : 0~2 VppOutput impedance : 50 ΩAM/DSB/SSB/modulatorModulation : Amplitude modulation : Double side band : Single side band [LSB]Carrier input : 1~1000 KHzModulating input : 0.1~100 KHzCarrier null : Adjustable Ceramic Filter Centre frequency : 455 KHz · Bandwidth : 10 KHz ± 3 KHz Output amplifier · Gain adjustable connected to cable or antenna· Antenna : MW CoilSwitch Faults · 4 switch faults are provided on board to study different effects on circuit Power Supply· GND, +5V, 12V, -12V 62. 118 ANALOG AC Precision grade, portable analog meters in teakwood case, bakelite panel, AMMETER leather belt and rubber shoes for horizontal use only with 6 inch long and clear rectangular window with excellent visibility, knife edge pointer and Anti parallax mirror. Accuracy Class ± 0.5% of full scale deflection : i) 0-1A, ii) 0-5-10A, iii) 0-10-20A.

63. 120 ANALOG DC Precision grade, portable analog meters in teakwood case, bakelite panel, AMMETER leather belt and rubber shoes for horizontal use only with 6 inch long and clear rectangular window with excellent visibility, knife edge pointer and Anti parallax mirror. Accuracy Class ± 0.5% of full scale deflection : Moving Coil Ammeter for DC only. (i)0-1-2A, ii)0-5-10A, iii) 0 – 10 - 20 amps. 64. 121 ANALOG LAB Technical Specification- TRAINER KIT • Onboard DC & AC Power Supply • DC-5V 1A,12V 500mA(Fixed & Variable) • AC- 9V-0V-9V/500mA • Onboard function Generator-Sine, Square, Triangle(1Hz to 10KHz) • Onboard Toggle switches & Potentiometer • Onboard Continuity Tester

65. 122 Analog Milli Volt (i) 0-100 milliVolt (mV) DC Voltmeter, Analog Display for measurement meter and Analog in volts (V), millivolts (mV). Should be full scale and fully enclosed Milli Ammeter within a sturdy plastic housing, accuracy ±2.5%, external zero-adjustment. Measures from 0-100 millivolts (mV) Scale is in 2.0 millivolts (mV). Meter posts must accommodate Banana Plugs, Spade Lugs, Alligator Clips or Bare Wire leads (ii) 0-100 milliampere (mA) DC Ammeter, Analog Display for measurement in amperes (A), milliamperes (mA). Should be full scale and fully enclosed within a sturdy plastic housing, accuracy ±2.5%, external zero-adjustment. Measures from 0-100 milliamperes (mA) Scale is in 2.0 milliamperes (mA) Meter posts must accommodate Banana Plugs, Spade Lugs, Alligator Clips or Bare Wire leads

30 | P a g e 66. 123 Analog module Analog module for PLC for PLC 13 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs Supply voltage : • 85-270VAC Display : • LCD (backlight) 4line x 16 characters Font size 5X7mm , Digital input : • 13 Digital input, PNP type Digital output – Relay : • Digital output (Relay Type) Programming Method • Windows based software for ladder programming and HMI Memory : • Data memory : 16kbytes • Code memory : 351kbytes • Upload memory : 96 Kbytes Communication Ports : • RS485 Communication Protocol : • MODBUS RTU RTC • Yes (with 2 years battery life from the date of manufacture) Onboard user interface • 7 segment LED display • Stepper motor • 16SPDT slider switches • 13DPDT slider switches • 29 Tact switches • 174 LEDs available onboard

67. 124 Analog Oscilloscope a) DC - 30MHz Bandwidth, b) 1mV/div Sensitivity on Both Channels , (30MHz Dual c) CH1, CH2 (Independent Channels), d) CH1 & CH2 (Alternate / Trace ) with CHOP), e) CH2 INVT, f) ADD and SUBTRACT, g) X-Y Operation, h) Component Tester 40ns/div to 0.2s/div Time Base, i) 140mm Rectangular CRT with Internal Graticule , j) Triggering to 40MHz, k) Z Modulation (TTL Level) , l) 8 x 10 cm. Display, m) TV Triggering Frame (V) & Line (H), n) MAINS Trigger, o) Variable Hold Off, p) Built-in Component Tester / Comparator N.B.:Repair and calibration facility of the instrument should exist within India 68. 125 Analog Portable Analog Portable Ammeter With Moving Coil Type DC (0-15/30 Amps) Ammeter With Moving Coil Type DC (0-15/30 Amps)

31 | P a g e 69. 126 Analog signal To study Sampling Theorem using Pulse Amplitude Modulation and sampling and Demodulation. To generate PAM signal by modulating with audio signal reconstruction by natural sampling. trainer To generate PAM signal by modulating with audio signal by Flat-Top sampling. To generate PAM signal by modulating with audio signal by Sample / Hold circuit. To demodulate using Low Pass Filter to reconstruct input(sine wave). FEATURES The board consists of following built in parts : 01 ±15V D.C. at 100mA, IC Regulated Power Supply. +5V D.C. at 100mA, IC Regulated Power Supply. A.F. signal generator for modulating signal. Sampling clock generator to provide sampling clock and gate pulse. Modulator circuit for Flat-top natural and S/H circuit. Demodulator circuit to reconstruct input (sinewave). Mains ON/OFF switch, Fuse and Jewel light. Adequate no. of patch cords stackable 4mm spring loaded plug length 50cm. Good Quality, reliable terminal/sockets are provided at appropriate places on panel for connections/observation of waveforms. Strongly supported by detailed Operating Instructions, giving details of Object, Theory, Design procedures, Report Suggestions and Book References. 70. 127 Analog to digital The ADC-08 Analog to Digital Converter card interfaces must be converter protected for reverse supply polarity, compatible with all Microcontroller interfacing board. and Microprocessor kits, must have a programmable clock oscillator that generates 100 KHz clock signal

71. 128 Digital Voltmeter For DC and AC both, Range : dc 0-100 V and 0-100 mv, AC 0-230 V and 0-100 mv

32 | P a g e 72. 130 ANTENNA SPECIFICATIONS• Radiation pattern plotting software• Stepper motor TRAINER KIT controlled receiver stand.Antenna Measurement System:RF Source• Source types : PLL Synthesized with integrated VCO• Frequency range : 100MHz to 3GHz• Dynamic range : 85dBm• Transmitted power min : -50dBm• Transmitted power max : +5dBm • Impedance : 50W / SMA RF Detector• Detector type : logarithmic detector• Frequency range : 1MHz to 8GHz• Resolution : 0.1dB • Dynamic range : 85dB (±3dB)• Noise level : -90dbm• Impedance : 50W /SMA• Representation of RF level : dBmDisplay• 128x64 Graphic LCD Display with backlit. Keypad• 15 Key Membrane Keypad for user entry.Stepper motor controller• 1.80 Resolutions.List of Standard 22 Antenna Supplied with the setupWire Antenna1. Monopole Plane base ground2. Dipole (2nos.) 3. Yagi4. Folded Dipole 5. Vee Dipole6. Rectangular Loop 7. HelicalMicrostrip Antenna 1. Planar Dipole 2. Planar Monopole3. CMSA 4. TMSA5. 2X1 ARRAY 6. Annular ring7. Chip Antenna 8. RMSA9. RMSA- Circular PolarizedAperture Antenna 1. E- Horn2. Open ended Waveguide Rectangular Array Antenna 1. Broadside Array2. Collinear ArrayReflector Antenna 1. Corner reflectorSOFTWARE• Radiation pattern plotting and analysis software suitable for windows environment Antenna PositionerThe Transmitter and Receiver Antenna stand is made of special material which is inhert to EM frequency and it has engraved height and angle scale on It. It has facility to adjust the height and level. Universal plug and fix Antenna mounts are provided to hold the antenna assembly in vertical and horizontal orientation for co and cross polarization. ACCESSORIES • SMA (M) to SMA (M) 50W flexible cable : 02nos• USB cable ( Male A to Male B) : 01no• 3 Pin 6 Amp Power chord : 01no • Manual : 01no • Software on CD : 01no EXPERIMENTS• Measure the variation of field strength /inverse square law• Prove the reciprocity theorem of antenna• Plot Radiation pattern of WIRED Antenna Omni directional antenna• Plot Radiation pattern of all Aperture Antenna• Plot Radiation pattern of all Reflector Antenna• Plot Radiation pattern of all Array Antenna• Measure co-polarization, cross polarization

73. 1141 ASK/FSK/PSK ASK/FSK/PSK Modulation and Demodulation Trainer: Modulation and Data Simulator :Onboard 8-bit variable NRZ-L pattern Crystal Oscillator Demodulation :32.768 MHz Data Clock: 256 KHz Trainer Data Format :NRZ (L) Onboard Carrier Sine Waves : 1MHz (0°), 1MHz (180°), 500 KHz Carrier Modulation :ASK, FSK, PSK Carrier Demodulation :ASK, FSK, PSK Intermediate Signal :During demodulation Inter Connection :2 mm banana socket Power Supply :+12V, -12V, +5V, GND Test Points :17

33 | P a g e 74. 143 ASK,FSK, Features: On-board Carrier generation circuit (Sine waves synchronized to PSK,DPSK Data transmitter data).On-board in phase and quadrate phase carrier for QPSK conditioning and modulation. Different data conditioning formats NRZ (L), NRZ (M), RZ, carrier modulation Biphase (Manchester), Biphase (Mark), AMI, RB.4 FSK, PSK, DPSK kit ASK, QPSK, DQPSK Carrier modulation. On-board Unipolar to Bipolar conversion. On-board Data Inverter. On-board 8-bit Data source On-board Clock source . 2 Year Warranty. Scope of Learning: Study of Data Formats. Study of Amplitude Shift Keying. Study of Frequency Shift Keying.Study of Phase Shift Keying. Study of Differential Phase Shift Keying.Study of Quadrature Phase Shift Keying. Study of Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying.Crystal Frequency: 4.096 Mhz. Data formats:NRZ (L), NRZ (M), RZ, AMI, RB,Biphase (Manchester), Biphase(Mark).Carrier modulation:ASK, FSK, PSK, DPSK, QPSK On- board carrier:Sine waves synchronized to transmitted data at 1.6 MHz,960 KHz, (0 deg. phase)960 KHz, (90 deg. phase)Test Points:43 nos. Power Supply:110-220V, 50/60 Hz.Power Consumption:4VA (approximately) Interconnections:2 mm sockets.Dimensions (mm):W 326 x D 252 x H 52. Weight:2 Kg. (approximately). Operating Conditions:0-40C, 85% RHIncluded Accessories :2mm Patch Cord 16":30 nos.2mm Patch Cord 32":4 nos.Mains Cord:1 no.TechBook Power Supply:1 no.

75. 144 ASK,FSK, Scope of Learning. Study of Data Formats. Study of Amplitude Shift PSK,DPSK Data Keying. Study of Frequency Shift Keying. Study of Phase Shift Keying. reconditioning Study of Differential Phase Shift Keying. Study of Quadrature Phase Shift and carrier Keying. Study of Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying. Carrier demodulation kit Demodulation :ASK – Diode Detector FSK – PLL Detector PSK – Square Loop Detector QPSK – Fourth Power Loop Detector Power Consumption:6 VA (approximately)Test Points:39 nosInterconnections:2 mm SocketsPower Supply:110-220V, 50/60 Hz Product Tutorials: Dimensions (mm):W 326 x D 252 x H 52Weight:2 Kg. (approximately) Operating Conditions:0-40C, 85% RHIncluded Accessories :Patch cord 16":30 nos.Patch cord 32":4 nos.TechBook Power Supply:1 no.Mains Cord:1 no. different Data reconditioning formats NRZ (M), RZ, AMI, RB, Biphase (Manchester), Biphase (Mark).4ASK, FSK, PSK, DPSK & QPSK Carrier demodulation.4On board Biphase clock recovery circuit. On board Data squaring circuit and differential decoder. On board 4th order Butterworth filters On board 8 bit Data receiver. 2 Year Warranty 76. 146 Audio Speaker Size 5” 2 Way Professional / Power system LF 40W and HF 30W bi- amplified balanced XLR/TRS input 77. 149 Auto-analyzer Fully automatic Biochemistry analyzer- open, random access system, min 300test/ hour, End-point, kinetic, ISE( Direct potentiometry), Halogen lamp, 12 wavelengths 340 -750 nm , diffraction grating, Regent tray – refrigerated (8-12 degree C) position, 5,20,50 ml reagent containers,Sample tray – 80 positions, (for sample, blank, standard, calibrators, controls and ISE solution). 2 independent dispensing probe with liquid level sensor. Automatic probe cleaning, liquid level detection & collision protection, automated dilution for abnormal sample, bi- directional LIS interface. Minimal reaction volume 180 ul, reaction tray have 72 reusable hard glass cuvettes, optical path length 5mm. Sample- serum, plasma, urine, CSF. Consumption requirement less than 300ul, Board cooling system, Data management system should store calibration and quality control data. Computer with operating system, online UPS and standard accessories to

34 | P a g e be supplied. Water plant for the analyzer should be supplied by the bidder. Model name should be mention. Quoted model should have FDA or CE or BIS certificate and copy of the same should be enclosed along with technical bid. Quoted rate should include all expenditure of transport, Installation & commissioning. Training be provided to the user. Mention warranty period with breakdown call or min. 4 PMS/Year. Mention Service Support after warranty. Bidder have to supply the reagents packs ( min. 10 nos) for installation and demom. 78. 153 Automated Fully automatic 5part SNCS (Sysmex Network Communication System), Hematology Barcode reader to enter reagent, patient and sample information. Data Analyzer (Cell storage 35000 including histogram, Automatic probe cleaning after each counter) aspiration, printer for hard copy. UPS and standard accessories to be supplied. Model name should be mention. Quoted model should have FDA or CE or BIS certificate and copy of the same should be enclosed along with technical bid. Quoted rate should include all expenditure of transport, Installation & commissioning. Training is provided to the user. Mention warranty period with breakdown call or min. 4 PMS/Year. Mention Service Support after warranty. Bidders have to supply the reagents packs for installation and demom. 79. 156 Automatic coil Automatic coil winding machine for transformer upto 1 KVA with turn winding machine counter, speed control 0-500 r.p.m. 80. 159 Autotransformer 3-phase, 15KVA, 415V, tapping 40%, 60 % and 80%, (air cooled) starter Manual type. 81. 167 Bench Top Technical Specification: Digital 6-1/2 digit display: 1,200, 000 counts, Multimeter It is a high speed, high accuracy with 12 different measurement capabilities DCV/ACV, DCI/ACI, Frequency/ period Diode Test /continuity test - dB/dBm,Resistance (2-wire and 4-wire) , capacitance measurement etc.. High brightness vacuum fluorescent dual display. True-r.m.s AC voltage and current measurement, Frequency bandwidth up to 100 kHz/300 kHz. DCV measurement accuracy up to 0.01% / 0.005, Max. Measurement rate: 45 results per second. Standard temperature Sensor , built-in Thermocouple compensate in Cold terminal, support three types of temperature sensors: TC, RTD and THERM 512 reading storage and MAX/MIN/AVER/STD statistics. RS-232 interface for easy communication and optional GPIB or LAN. Calibration without opening the case. 10 sets of meter status can be stored and loaded.

35 | P a g e 82. 169 BJT Scope of Learningl : Short Circuit test for NPN /PNP Transistor. Open characteristics Circuit test for NPN / PNP Transistor I CBO / I CEO test for NPN / PNP trainer Transistor CBO CEO. H FE (DC) test for NPN / PNP Transistor FE. NPN Transistor C-E Characteristics curve tracing using Curve Tracer. PNP Transistor C-E Characteristics curve tracing using Curve TracerTransistor Analyzer. Step Frequency:500 Hz - 4 KHzSweep Frequency: 500 Hz - 4 Khz. Collector sweep amplitude:0 - 20 VNo. of steps:0 - 16 steps (selectable)Transistor Types:Only small plastic packages havingpower ratings below 500 mW On board micro-ammeter:0 - 300 µA (moving coil type) Collector-base Supply:± 12 V max .Emitter-base Supply:± 5 V maxTest Points:16 nos (Gold plated)Interconnections:2 mm socketPower Supply:230 V ± 10%, 50 / 60 HzPower Consumption:5 VA approximate.

83. 170 Black & White TV kit Mounted in all open fashion on a PVC board, firmly supported on TV Trainer compact table top aluminum profilet demo rack for easy viewing through transparent acrylic cover provided. 1) The Complete functional Block diagram of TV is displayed on single platform on the stand as shown in diagram. 2) Trainer consists of 9 function blocks giving a good idea about different important section of TV receiver and a fault panel. 3) 2 Nos. of good sound quality speaker are provided at sides of TV. System : CCIR-B, 625 lines, Regulation range 170v Ac to 270v Ac., Power consumption : 70 watts., Gain Limited sensitivity : 55 dB for Video & 25 dB for Audio., Screen size : 20" Diagonal., Channel : VHF 2 to 12, UHF 21 to 68,S-band and Hyper-band., Isolated shockproof chassis., Sections : Electronic tuner, Video I.F Section, Sound I.F, Video amplifier, Horizontal oscillator, Horizontal driver and EHT, Vertical oscillator, and output, S.M.P.S power supply., Controls : Volume, tone, Brightness, contrast and V.Hold., Distortion : 10 to 15% in Live program due to expanded P.C.B., All parts are soldered on Tags on SINGLE PCB of size 19"x15” with complete circuit diagram SCREENPRINTED in different colors with FAULT CREATING FACILITIES to create more than 25 faults.Standard Accessories : 1. Frame with PCB mounting.2. Picture tube fitted in wooden cabinet3. A Manual having 20 practical. 84. 173 Blood Pressure Inflation:Automatic with built in pump Meter Technology:Oscillometric method monitor (Oscillometric) attached,arm cuff Deflation:Automatic rapid air release method Power supply:110V-260V AC,50/60 Hz

85. 177 BNC to Crocodile BNC to Crocodile Cable Cable 86. 183 Bourdon tube Bourdon tube type pressure gauge, Pressure range upto 10,000 PSI, type pressure Accuracy upto +/-0.25%, gauge

87. 184 Bourdon Type Bourdon Type Pressure Gauge, Capacity to read pressure 0 to 10 Pressure Gauge kg/sq.cm.

36 | P a g e 88. 185 Bread Board Bread board should consisting of two sets of 64 rows of 5 inter-connected sockets.Incorporating the following features: protobloc 2, 2 (64 x 5) grid size, 840 number of holes, 0.3 to 0.8mm wire size acceptability, 3A contact current, ABS polymer body material, silver nickel contact material, 4 rows of 50 interconnected sockets suitable for the use as power supply rails, all contact positions are clearly defined on an alphanumeric grid. ABS polymer board mounted on a non-removable self-adhesive foam base.

89. 190 C.T. & P.T. C.T. testing trainer kit - To determine Ratio error (in %), Phase angle error testing trainer kit (in min), CT rate for 5A & 1A with Burden box. , separate terminal to connect P.T, polarity check indicator , range selector switch.

90. 191 Calibration of 3 3-ph,50 Hz, 4 wire , 415V, 10A electromagnetic type energy meter and Phase energy stop watch, panel with wattmeter, ammeter, voltmeter. meter 91. 192 Calibration of Spec for Pressure Switch : Pressure Switch • Pressure ranges as low as 2" WC up to 100 PSI (500 Pa to 690 kPa) using dead weight • SPST, SPDT, DPST, or DPDT switching logic tester. • Wide array of pressure fittings; 1/8" NPT male, or 1/4" NPT male, conduit male external thread for mounting, necessary accessories to connect it with dead weight tester. • Usable for any fluid • Specialty diaphragm materials; Buna-N, EPDM, Hydrin

92. 193 Calibration of • Pressure Range : 0 to 15 psi Transmitter • Different Pressure Sensor : Piezoresistive type 0 to 30 psi Sensor, • Different Setup : Two Pressure chambers coupled with valve in between. • Display : 3½ digit LED display. • Transmitter Output : 4 to 20mA for 0 to 15 psi • Display Resolution : 0 to 1mA Pressure 0.1 psi • Power requirement : 230V, 50Hz, single phase AC mains, • Accessories : Air foot pump to build pressure • Instruction manual, Necessary cable & fixtures

93. 195 Capacitor start Single phase ph, 230V, 0.5W induction motor with suitable capacitor for Induction motor Capacitor start Induction motor. Provision for reverse rotation of the motor externally to be included. 94. 198 CAT6 CAT6 Comunication Cable Communication CAT—6 Cable for LAN CableCAT—6 Cable for LAN

37 | P a g e 95. 201 CD Player Features: Demonstrator 1.The complete circuit of a Video C.D. Player is printed on single P.C.B. cum Trainer 2.The parts are soldered on single pin tags for easy replacement. 3.The digital signal processing section is in assembled open out PCB. 4. Explanation, Observation, Alignment and adjustment of Internal and external controls is possible due to single P.C.B. 5.Easy identification of different parts and Mechanism at a glance. 6.Easy measurement of voltages and observation of waveforms at any point. Also typical voltages and waveforms are provided. 7.A manual having practical detail is provided with the trainer. 8. The whole circuit of the Video DVD/CD Player is explained sectionwise in detail in the manual. Specification: 1. Power supply : 230v Ac, 50Hz. 2. Function switches : Play/pause, Stop, Open/Close. 3. Display : Program, time and track status. 4. Audio output : 10 W PMPO ( 5W x 2 Channels) 5. Speakers : 8 Ohms/3” in separate wooden Boxes. 6. CD Format : Audio CD, MP3 CD, VCD 2.0/3.0. 7. Remote Controls : Play/pause, Forward, Rewind, Stop, Program Select/ Repeat, Skip forward, Skip reverse Open/Close, tracks select. 8. Distortion : 5 to 10% for expanded P.C.B. 9. Outputs : RF o/p, Video o/p, 10. The parts are soldered on tags on SINGLE PCB of size 15"x 12" with complete circuit diagram screen printed. 11. Standard Accessories: 1. CDs: Video DVD- 1 Nos., Audio CD- 1 No., Mp3 CD- 1 No. 2. Remote controller - 1 No. 3. A manual having practical details - 1 No

96. 206 Centrifuge 5000 Max speed: 5000 rpm, Max RCF:3650X8. rpm Max capacity:200ml,Max tube size:50ml 97. 211 Chopper Motor Chopper Motor Controller With Motor Controller With Power supply of +25VDC. Motor • On board frequency and duty cycle controls. • On board lamp holder. Thyristors “TYN 612” & “2P4M” • 24 Volt / 30W Bulb, • Circuit diagram printed on front panel & t & test points brought out on front panel. • Power requirement: 230 VAC +10%, 50Hz Standard accessories:24 Volt / 30W Bulb,Power Chord, Patch Chords & Instruction Manual.

98. 213 Circuit Maker Circuit Maker software – 10 User software 99. 216 Clamp on Clip On (Digital- minimum 3 and 1/2 digit) type Ammeter Suitable for ammeter measurement of AC/DC Current 5/10/50/100Amp. Voltage 0-500 V, Resistance: 0-100 Kohms.

38 | P a g e 100. 218 CLASS -B Technical Specification-• The single board trainer kit should contain PUSH-PULL inbuilt ICregulated power supply, Digital Voltmeter & POWER Ammeter,Transistors, Set of Resistances, Capacitances, AMPLIFIER speaker,Transformers etc. necessary active & passivecomponents.The TRAINER Trainer Kit helps to study & determine outputpowers, frequency response, efficiency of a complimentarysymmetry type push pull amplifier

101. 228 Collpitts The Hartley and Colpitt Oscillators Trainer. It is useful in understanding Oscillator & the basic concepts and functioning of both Hartley and Colpitt Oscillators Hartley Oscillator and their use in generation of sinusoidal waveform.This trainer describes trainer kit the complete designing of the Oscillators. The training system is designed in such a way that for performing any experiment students have to connect the links by patch cords hence it is very helpful for students to learn step by step design of each of the Oscillator . List of Experiments: °Study of design and functioning of Hartley Oscillator°Study of design and functioning of Colpitt. OscillatorTechnical Specifications Biasing Voltage : +12V DC Design of Oscillators : Passive Elements with NPN TransistorsDimensions (mm) : 240 W × 345 D × 110 HWeight : 1Kg. Exclusive and compact designS. traight forward representation of Hartley and Colpitt Oscillators. +12V SMPS Adaptor provided with the trainer for power supply. Designed by considering all the safety standards. Provided with an extensive manual. Trainer including illustration of Oscillator's design using passive elements. 2 Years warrant. Power Supply to Kit : 230VAC,50Hz 102. 231 Colour TV Technical Specification: 1) Colour TV trainer kit provided with the Trainer trainer is the latest one which based on modern Technology with remote control and not on any outdated ICs., 2) Main Colour TV kit Mounted in all open fashion on a PVC board, firmly supported on compact table top aluminum profilet demo rack for easy viewing through transparent acrylic cover provided. 3) The Complete functional Block diagram of TV is displayed on single platform on the stand as shown in diagram. 4) Trainer consists of 9 function blocks giving a good idea about different important section of TV receiver and a fault panel. 5) Facility to connect VCD, DVD and Video games.6) 2 Nos. of good sound quality speaker are provided at sides of TV Trainer Standard: CCIR-B-PAL-G, 625 Lines, Channels: 230 2-4VHFI {VL) 5-12VHFIII (VH) 12 100 BAND IVSV (Else: S BAND & HYPER BAND) 20 inches 75 Ohms, Video IF, Pattern generator, Sound Section, Vertical Oscillator, Vertical output, Tuner Section, Horizontal Oscillator Horizontal Output, Video & Chrome Section, System Control Circuit, Power Supply, AV Section CRT: RF input impedance Circuit Block, On Screen Display to set, Panel Control Remote Control Function : Volume, Brightness, Contrast Colour, Channel and Band Selection, Tuning : ON-OFF switch, stand by Menu, Vol + /- Prog + / : Volume, Brightness, Stand by, Colour, Contrast, Channel Selection, Audio Mute, AV Mode, Zoom, Swap, Scan, Child Lock : 19 x 15 inches sliding type horizontal with lock& key, Video-38.9 MHz SAudio-33.4 Mhz 50X125 24KVmax. PCB Size I. F. Frequency Speaker Size(mm) Accelerating Potential Fault Switch provided on front panel for fault creation 50 Test Points provided on front

39 | P a g e panel only for observations Complete view of component mounted PCB & CRT section Complete circuit diagram printed on front panel Power requirement: 220 VAC+10%, 50 Hz Weight :25.0Kg Approx. List of faults: 1) Sync. Separator, 2) Vertical Height Control, 3) Colour Control , 4) Vertical Sync 5) Red Colour 6) Vertical Oscillator, 7) Blue Colour 8) Brightness Control, 9) Contrast 10) Green Colour 11) V.I.F 12) Audio Control , 13) AGC , 14) VHF HIGH Band Objective: To study working principle of colour television To study practical & theoretical aspects of colour television circuitry To study signals & voltages in different sections 103. 232 Coloured Laser Printer Specifications Multifunction • Printer Type Monochrome Laser Printer • Print Speed Not less than 17 ppm (2-sided plain paper letter) • Not less than 35 ppm (1-sided plain paper letter) • First Print Time 6 seconds or less (letter) • Print Resolution Not less than 600 x 600 dpi • (1200 x 600 dpi quality) • Print Size Up to Legal • Duplex Print Yes • Print Modes Poster, Booklet, Watermark, Toner Save, Page • Composer • Print Memory Not less than 128 MB (Shared) • Direct Print from USB JPEG, TIFF Copier Specifications : • Copy Type Monochrome Laser • Copy Speed Not less than 35 ppm (letter) • Duplex Copy Speed Not less than 17 cpm (letter) • Copy Resolution Not less than 600 x 600 dpi • Original Type Text, Text/Photo, Text/Photo+, Photo • Halftones 256 Levels • Warm-up Time Approx. 17 seconds • First Copy Time Not more than 8 seconds • Duplex Copy/Bind Time 1 to 2 / Book, Calendar • Reduction/Enlargement 25%, 50%, 64%, 78% / 129%, 200%, 400% • Zoom 25 - 400% in 1% increments • Copy Size Platen: Up to Legal • ADF: 5.5" x 5" to Legal • Copy Features Memory Sort • 2 on 1 • 4 on 1 • ID Card Copy • Copy Memory Not less than 128 MB (shared) Scanner Specifications: • Scan Type Color Contact Image Sensor (CIS) • Color Depth 24-bit • Scan Resolution Not less than 600 x 600 dpi (optical) • 9600 x 9600 (interpolated) • Scan Size Platen: Up to Legal • ADF: 5.5" x 5" to Legal • Duplex Scan Yes • Output File Format Hi-Compression PDF, Searchable PDF, PDF, JPEG, • TIFF, BMP, PNG • Scan Features Scan to USB Host 1.1 (PDF, JPEG, TIFF), Rotate Image • Pull Scan USB and Network

40 | P a g e • Push Scan (Scan to PC) USB and Network • Paper Handling Specifications • Standard Paper Source(s) Not less than 500-sheet cassette plus 50-sheet • multipurpose tray • Optional Paper Source(s) Not less than 500-sheet cassette • Document Feeder Not less than 50-sheet duplex • Paper Output 150 sheets (face down) • Media Sizes Letter, Legal, A4, A5, B5, Statement, Executive • Media Types Plain Paper, Heavy Paper, Bond Paper, Label, Small • Documents (i.e. Index Card)Document Feeder Not less than 50-sheet duplex • Paper Output 150 sheets (face down) • Media Sizes Letter, Legal, A4, A5, B5, Statement, Executive • Media Types Plain Paper, Heavy Paper, Bond Paper, Label, Small • Documents (i.e. Index Card) connectivity and Software Specifications : • Standard Interface(s) USB Device 2.0 Hi-Speed, 10/100 Base-T Ethernet • Embedded Web Server (Remote UI) Yes • Print Protocols LPD, RAW, WSD • Supported Network Protocols TCP/IP v4, TCP/IP v6 (print only) • TCP/IP Set of Application Services DHCP, BOOTP, RARP, ARP+PING, Auto IP, Bonjour, • HTTP, SHTTP, NetBIOS • OS Compatibility Windows® 8, Windows 7, Windows Server® 2008, • Windows Vista®, Windows Server 2003, Windows • XP/2000, Mac® OS X 10.4.9 & up, Linux (print only) • Cable Included Power Cord and others • LCD Display Yes with toner installation, paper jam etc • Duty Cycle Not less than 20,000 pages per month • Warranty Not less than 1 year • Make: Canon/ HP/ equivalent

104. 235 Common Emitter Kit for Common Emitter Amplifier: I ) The operation of Common Emitter Amplifier Amplifier and to study various operational parameters such as voltage gain, input & output impedance, current gain of the amplifier . II )Features :On board test points to observe signals On board schematic diagram , Flexibility of making circuit connections .Light weight & compact Online Product Tutorial , Study of the Common Emitter Amplifier (NPN) and evaluation of - Operating point of the amplifier, Voltage gain, Input and output impedance and Current gain of the amplifier . (flexability to repair any component)

105. 241 Complete setup to Trainer kit for binary Synchronous and Asynchronous counter. with power design / construct supply, display unit, patch cords, manuals and necessary IC. binary synchronous and asynchronous counter. 106. 242 Complete setup to Trainer kit for 3-bit, 16-bit odd/even parity checker/generator using logic design / construct gates. Kit with power supply, display unit, patch cords, manuals and parity generator, necessary IC. checker and

41 | P a g e comparator.

107. 243 Complete setup to Trainer kit to design / construct programmable UP/Down counter. Kit design / construct with power supply, display unit, patch cords, manuals and necessary IC. programmable UP/Down counter. 108. 244 Complete setup to Trainer kit for design of controlled shift register and study their function. design controlled Kit with power supply, display unit, patch cords, manuals and necessary shift register and IC. study their function. 109. 245 Complete setup to Trainer kit for i) Encoder, ii) Decoder, iii) multiplexer, iv) De-multiplexer implement with power supply, display unit, patch cords, necessary IC and manuals encoder, decoder for each. ,multiplexer and de-multiplexer. 110. 246 Complete trainer Trainer kit for Analogue to Digital converter with power supply, display kit of AD unit, patch cords, manuals and IC of ADC. converters 111. 247 Component Component Display Board CDB SeriesSize of Breadboard : 172.5 mm x Display Board 128.5 mmConnections on Breadboard : 1685 DC Power Supply +5 V; l CDB Series A, -5 V; 500 mA, +3 V to +15 V; 500 mA (variable) -3 V to -15 V; 500 mA (variable) Pulser Generator : 1Hz to 1MHz in 6 stepsVariable in between steps Amplitude : 3 V-15 V (CMOS), 5V (TTL) Dutycycle: 50 %, TTL/CMOS outputPulser Switches : 2 nos. (Push to ‘On’) Data Switches 16 nos (Toggle switches for both TTL & CMOS mode)LED Display : 8 nos (TTL/ CMOS Mode)BCD to 7- Segment Display : 2 nosLogic Probe : Logic level indicator for TTL/ CMOS (7 Segment) Learning material : CD (Theory, procedure, reference results, etc). Online (optional)Included Accessories :Bread Board : 2 nos.Connecting Wire 20 nos.2mm to 1mm Patch cord : 16 nos. 2mm to 2mm Patch cord 16”

112. 250 Computed * Table top, Radiography * Image recording system –Cassettes with embedded memory & Image System plate(IP), sizes: 14’’x17’’ ,14’’x14’’,10’’x12’’, 8’’x10’’ each one. * Cassettes should preferably have rewriteable label to avoid mix up of patient name /ID with Image data before the same is brought to the CR reader/digitizer. * The digiter – table top model with horizontal cassette loading , having rigid IPs or flexible IP embedded on tray for better life. *Image Reader/digitizer be able to process min. 60 plate/hr. of 14’’x17’’ size with min 10 pixel resolution. * Reader should have a standard spatial resolution of 10 pixel/mm. * Reader have grey scale resolution of at lest 20 bits/pixel for data acquisition and 16 bits/pixel for output processor. * Time to review image of 14’’x 17’’ cassette be less than 30 s * It have DICOM PACS ready

42 | P a g e * CR workstation/Processing Server with Computer and 19’ LCD Panel, other accessories. * PC based unified server/workstation for centralized patient identification & management of Images/studies. * Process of identification Should be ready for interface with existing hospital Information System (HIS) of Radiology InformationSystem (RIS) in DICOM protocols. Radiographic film printer- Laser printer * UPS and standard accessories. * Standards, safety and training: have to specify the model, the quoted model have FDA or CF or BIS certificate and copy of the same to be enclosed along with technical bid., training to be provided for users. Specify Srevice support within warranty as well as after warranty. Min 4 PMS /year. * User/technical/maintenance manual to be supplied in English. * Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory. *Installation & Commissioning should be done by the supplier within quoted bide amount. 113. 255 Control of DC With suitable Hardware and related software. DC. Shunt Motor for motor at different operation at different speed using a Half Controlled Bridge Converter speed and to note circuit with a free wheeling diode and to note Speed vs. Load speed vs load Characteristics at open loop conditions. This Unit should consist of DC characteristics at Shunt Motor (½ HP) coupled with a (i) DC Shunt Generator (¼ HP) for open loop Loading and (i) A DC Tacho generator to be used for speed feed control. conditions by A DC Meter must be provided for displaying the speed of the motor from 8085 the Tachogenerator. Meters must be provided for DC motor armature microprocessor current and voltage measurements (AE make, panel type or Digital) based controller. Microprocessor based controller for the above dc Shunt motor under open & closed loop control using dc tachogenerator feedback Using PID Control Methods (with provisions for varying the proportional constant, derivative constant and Integral constant). Sheet Metal enclosure with powder coating paint must be provided.Dedicated Intel 8085 based kit with ADC, 8255, 2K (extendable upto 8K) RAM & ROM, 8279,8253, necessary DC power supply and connecting cords.

114. 256 Control System Control System Lab Lab DC Motor : 12 VDC, Servo Motor : 5 VDC Temperature Sensor :10 mV / ° C Light Sensor : Photo Conductive Cell (LDR) Light Source : Two numbers of filament lamps V/F : For 0 - 5 V output is 0 - 50 KHz F/V : For 0 - 50 KHz output is 0 - 5 V PC based Analog Inputs : 4 Inputs with 0 to 5 V / 0 to 10 V PC based Analog Output : 1 Output with 0 to 5 V / 0 to 10 V PC based Digital Inputs : 3 Inputs PC based Digital Outputs : 3 Outputs PC based DC Voltmeter : 0 to 10 V range PC based Frequency counter : 0 to 6 MHz (square wave) DPM : Rang 0-20 Vdc De-Bounced Switch : Monostable (5 V output) Buzzer : 5 V operated Switches : IR Switch, DIP selector switch

43 | P a g e 115. 259 CRO Technical Specification- Demonstrator CRT Vertical Deflection Display Deflection Factor Rise Time Maximum Input Voltage Input Coupling Polarity Selection Display Mode Horizontal Deflection Time Base Sweep Expansion Accuracy Triggering Mode Triggering Source Trigger System AUTO NORM TV-H Input Impedance : 6"Rectangular screen with internal graphical 8x10 division (1div-1cm) : CHI CH2,ADD,ALT&CHOP : 5mV/div to 5V/div ±3%, 1mV/div to W/diy +5%(x5); 10 steps : <17.2ns : 250 (DC +AC peak value) when <1KHz (250V,DC+AC) AC, DC & GND ±(CH2only) 1.10&X-Y 0.2us/div to 0.2s/div, 9 ranges x10 ±3% Auto, NORM, TV-V, TV-H Int, Line & Ext. 20Hz-20MHz 0.5 di v I NT, 0.5 Vp-p EXT At least 1 divor1Vp-p IMohm <3 degree, DC-50 KHz Frequency 1 KHz 2%, Voltage 0.5 V1% Acrylic, 5mm thick wall X-Y phase difference Calibration Waveform Outer Cabinet Block Diagram printed on theTop Panel Control Switches and Knobs on the front panel Side Handles Provided to carry the instrument 12 Fault switch is on front panel 10 Test Points provided on top panel only for observations Complete view of CRT section & other control sections Power requirement: 220 VAC+10% ,50 Hz Weight :8.0KgApprox. Standard Accessories: PowerChord, CRO Probes 1:10(2Nos.)

44 | P a g e 116. 262 Crystal Oscillator This board has been designed with a view to provide practical & Study experimental knowledge of Crystal oscillator On SINGLE PCB. SPECIFICATIONS 1. The complete circuit is printed on a single P.C.B. 2. All parts are soldered on single pin tag for easy replacement.3. Explanation, Observation, Alignment and adjustment of Internal and external controls is possible due to Single P.C.B. 4. Easy identification of different parts is possible at a glance. 5. Easy measurement of voltages and observation of waveforms at any point. Test Points are provided on P.C.B. 6. A manual having practical detail is provided with the board. 7. Built-in Power supply : 5 VDC at 200mA IC Regulated & short circuit protected 8. Power requirement : 230V, 50Hz AC. 9. Following parts provided on single PCB with connecting terminals. NOT Gate IC 74HC04 10. Standard Accessories : 1. A manual having practical details.2. Patch Cords. 11. Experiments: -1. To construct Crystal oscillator. 2. To measure and calculate Oscillator frequency. • 2 mm BS-2 Jack Terminal for Various Test Point. • Power LED Indication. • On Board : Power supply : ±12 V DC & ±5 V DC • AC Input: 230V AC, 50 Hz, ± 10%. • Mounted on a .Sophisticated Cabinet. • Accessories: Patch Cords and Head Phone.

117. 265 Current * Over (IDMTL Electro-Mechanical Type , Model CDG-11 or equivalent) differential relay , Current Relay, IDMT type 3 * Auxiliary Relay, phase transformer * Counter /Timer, with fault creation * D.W. Transformer, arrg. * Variac, * Knife Switch, * DC power supply for DC auxiliary relay and over current relay, * Portable Ammeter. Necessary panel for the complete set up with wooden (teak wood) table (4'x3'x2.5')

118. 266 Current to • Field-Mounted, • 4 to 20 mA dc input, • direct action, • 3 to 15 psi Pneumatic output,• Threaded cover - explosionproof (must be used in all Converter explosionproof applications) • Adjustable filter regulator with gauge • Other necessary accessories.• Make: Foxboro/ Equivalent

119. 296 D. C. shunt DC motor:- 2HP, 1500 rpm.,220V generator- for DC Generator:- 1KW,1500 rpm, 220V. Necessary panel to set up O.C.C. test Voltmeter:0-300V, Ammeter: 0-5A, Ammeter:0-1A, 4-point DC starter. Necessary installation & commissioning included.

120. 297 D.C Network The unit should consist of – analyser Each resistance assembly having six resistors of ten different values, terminals & switch rating 5Amp, 230V. DC Power supply (Regulated). DC voltmeter, mili-ammeter, connecting Armstrong patch chord, Wooden Box Cabinet, consumables.

45 | P a g e 121. 298 D.C. compound DC Compound Motor: 2H.P. 1500rpm, 230V,open type for assemble and motor (Open dismantling of different parts of stator and rotor, commutator, brush. type)-2 hp

122. 299 D.C. power D.C. power supply: DW Transformer [7.5 KVA] with thyristorised bridge supply,-i/p-440v,3 rectifier unit [SCR rating 100A or higher] & filter circuit - O/P 220V/110 phase, 50 Hz. o/p- V ,50A with short circuit & O/L protection, regulated output with +/- 1% 220V/110 V,50A, regulation for (i) input 3ph, 400V+/-15% & (ii) load variation from noload D.C. to full load, ripple 2% maximum peak-to peak. Necessary voltmeter for input volt, output volt, input current and output current for display are to be provided [panel type- 96sq. mm]

123. 300 D.C. SERIES D.C. SERIES MOTOR SPEED CONTROL TRAINER (SCR DRIVER) MOTOR SPEED KIT: DC. Series Motor for operation at different speed using a Half CONTROL Controlled Bridge Converter circuit using SCR with a free wheeling diode TRAINER (SCR and to note Speed vs. Load Characteristics at open loop conditions. DRIVER) KIT. This Unit should consist of DC Series Motor (½ HP) coupled with a (i) DC Shunt Generator (¼ HP) for Loading and (ii) A DC Tacho generator to be used for speed feed control. A DC Meter must be provided for displaying the speed of the motor from the Tachogenerator. Meters must be provided for DC motor current and voltage measurements (AE make, panel type or Digital) Analog Controller for the above dc Series motor under closed loop control using dc tachogenerator feedback Using PID Control Methods. Sheet Metal enclosure with powder coating paint must be provided.

124. 301 D.C. Servometer Kit for D.C. Servometer speed control- Position control of a 12V, 1A d.c. speed control - Gear motor (50 rpm) Provision for positive and negative tacho generator Trainer Kit feedback Tacho constant: 2V/1000 rpm approximately Calibrated dials for reference and Output position: resolution 1° Servo-potentiometers with full 360°rotation Microprocessor based waveform capture /display card Built-in 3½digit DVM for signal Measurements Built-in step signal and IC regulated Power supplies for electronic Circuits Separate unit for motor in a see-through cabinet 220V±10%, 50Hz mains operation Operating Manual and patch cords including essential accessories is to be supplied.

125. 302 D/A converter Interface kit with D/A interface board with programmable clock oscillator that generates 8086 and 8051 100 KHz clock signal.suitable for interfacing with 8086 and 8051

46 | P a g e 126. 303 D/A Technical Specification- CONVERTER • 8-bit binary weighted and 4-bit ladder type DAC are constructed using TRAINER discrete components • 8-bit monolithic DAC having settling time in the range of ns, wide power supply range, low power consumption, full scale error ± 1LSB • 8-bit digital ramp ADC constructed using discrete components • 12-bit monolithic ADC having conversion time in the range of µs, industry standard pin out, wide input range • 8 onboard switches to provide digital inputs to DAC • 8-bit counter running on external clock frequency to study settling time of DAC • Built in low frequency clock generator • 1 KHz sine wave with adjustable amplitude level • Onboard variable DC voltage source for studying unipolar and bipolar modes of ADC • 12 output LEDs to observe ADC outputs • ADA operates on DC power supply (+12V,-12V,+5V and GND) • Interconnection is provided by standard 2mm connector

47 | P a g e 127. 305 Data Acquisition The System should have following features :- System (DAS) a) Universal Inputs i.e Input channels should be software configurable and should be capable of accepting Volts , Current , Temperature inputs from T/C , RTD etc. b) Measurement should have 22 bit(6.5 Digits) resolution . c) Programmable , Modular and expandable in nature. d) It should be able to work as a Stand alone unit (if required) with out the PC. e) Both LAN and USB ( source and Device ) should be available. Graphical web interface for monitoring should be available. f) Wide selection of different types of Multiplexer Units . g) Window based Software for Data transfer to PC, Documentation etc. h) Measurement of different Parameters like Temperature with all types of Thermocouples , RTDs , Thermistors ,Voltages , Current,Frequency,Period. i) Direct Measurement of Parameters without any separate front end unit. Software functions like Mx+B Scaling, Alarm settings, X-T and X-Y recording of datas , Basic math functions . Software capable of transferring data to other user packages like EXCEL. . j) No. of Input Channels : 20 , optionally expandable . k) Scan rates : upto 60 channels per second(Expandable upto 250 ch/sec) l) Measurement range a) DC Volt : 100 mvolt to 300 Volt. b) Resistance : 100 ohm to 100 Mohm. c) Current : upto 1 Amp. d) Thermocouple : B,E,J,K,N,R,S,T m) Memory : 50,000 readings in Non volatile memory with time stamp. Storage should be available in USB Drive also n) Basic Measurement accuracy : 0.004 % in DCV. o) Interface : Standard USB and LAN p) Scan conditions : Programmable scan interval and conditions Make: Agilent/HP/equivalent 128. 306 DC Drive The DC drive kit should consist of • Control units• Communication Board• Basic Operator Panel• Advanced Operator Panel• terminal modules• Operator box, with connected terminal strips• 30 A power unit, 4-quadrant operation• DC motor with analog tachometer and incremental encoder• Gauges for armature voltage, armature current, speed and field current• Line filter, line reactors, semiconductor fuses• PROFIBUS cable• Storage and transport case with transport rollers

129. 307 DC Drive Trainer DC DriveTrainer The drive also has built in PID controller for speed regulations. • DC motor ½ / HP 200 votls, 1500RPM with loading arrangement is provided and dynamic braking of the motor also can bedemonstrated.• Over current protection is provided. The units comes with appropriate test points and an ammeter. It has neatly labeled front anodised panel with block schematic clear view of the system Standard accessories: 230 Volt / 15W Bulb, Power Chord, Patch Chords & Instruction Manual.

48 | P a g e 130. 308 DC motor control Motor control interface card should have---- interface suitable Motor Driver Unit, Interfacing Cards,Terminal connectors 20 - pin FRC for 8086 and 8051 Box Connectors, cables, datasheet suitable for 8086 Microprocessor and Kit 8051 Micro Controller Kit DC Motor spec : Voltage 6.0V (Range: 1.5-12.), Speed: 2,700 rpm, Current: 0.02A, Torque: 5.88 mN. M; 131. 309 DC Motor speed Speed Control of DC Motor: (Specification):Varying Field Current control System Varying Armature Voltage, Motor 0.5 HP, Variable dc(0-230V) with power Source,Built in techogenerator, Digital Panel meter, Power circuits of 4 supply & Motor SCRs (1200V.,25 A) i.e. Half Bridge, Facilities of studying Torque speed characteristics of DC Motor, Torque measurement, RPM indicator. 132. 311 DC Servomotor 12V, 1A, 50rpm 133. 312 DC Shunt motor 220 V, 2 HP, Shunt type, with belt- pulley and digital spring balance arrangement for load test. Necessary installation & commissioning included. Control Panel: In built rectifier, 4pt. Starter, Digital Ammeter, and Voltmeter, Rotary type variable resistor, Digital R.P.M. meter with proximity sensor,. Necessary cables and connectors.

134. 313 Dead Weight Spec for Hydraulic Dead Weight Tester: Tester • Ranges: Not less than 300 bar , 4000 psi, 30,000 kPa, 300 Kg/cm² • Various Pressure Unit available: bar, kg/cm², psi, MPa, kPa. • Accuracy better than 0.015% • Class "A" with UKAS Accuracy to 0.008% Make: Yantrika / Akvalo/Equivalent

Accessories with Dead Weight Tester A) 3 Years guarantee against normal operating failure B) ( ⅛", ¼", ⅜", ½") BSP or NPT female adaptors C) Calibrated Weights in Carry Box D) Spare Seals & Dust Cover E) ½ Liter Operating Fluid F) Instruction Manual G) Tool Bag & Seal Kit H) Traceable Calibration Certificate

49 | P a g e 135. 315 Dead Weight Spec for Hydraulic Dead Weight Tester: Tester for calibration of • Ranges: Not less than 300 bar , 4000 psi, 30,000 kPa, 300 Kg/cm² pressure gauge • Various Pressure Unit available: bar, kg/cm², psi, MPa, kPa. • Accuracy better than 0.015% • Class "A" with UKAS Accuracy to 0.008% Make: Yantrika / Akvalo/Equivalent

Spec for Pressure Gauge : C Type Bourdon Tube, Bottom entry, Local Mounting, 250 mm Dial, ss316 case, ½” NPT,female, Dual Scale, Kg/cm2 & PSI, Range at about 20 Kg/cm2 , Make- general Instrument/ H Guru/ Equivalent

136. 318 Defibrillator Rectilinear biphasic defibrillator with waveform and external pacing, battery backup and sync mode with master on recording 137. 321 Delta / Sigma On-board signal sine wave Frequency : 250Hz , 500 Hz , 1 KHz and 2 Delta and KHz Amplitude : 0 ~ 4 Vpp DC : 0 ~ 5 V Sampling Clock : 8 KHz, 16 Adaptive Delta KHz, 32 KHz, 64 KHz , 128 KHz Duty Cycle : 50 % Modulation Modulation / techniques Delta modulation, sigma delta modulation, adaptive delta Demodulation Kit modulation, CVSD modulationCompander: m-law compander and expander Low pass butter worth filter 2nd order and 4th order low pass butter worth and filter with cut-off frequency of 3.4 KHz Switch faults 8 switch faults are provided on board to study different effects on circuits. Test points:34 test points are provided to observe various intermediate signals. Power supplyGND, +5V, 12V, -12V 138. 322 Demo board for A complete set of for different types of insulator using HV (6.6kV) & LV different insulator (415V) system to be encapsulated in a 4 mm glass envelope. (PIN, SUSPENSION,EGG, STRAIN, and SHACKLE Type).

139. 327 Desoldering Desoldering Station Station Soldering & Desoldering station with Automatic Vacuum Suction Soldering Pump 140. 328 Determination of Transformer: 1 KVA, 230/115V, Variac: 0-270V, Panel with Voltmeter: Equivalent circuit (0-50V), Voltmeter (0-300V), Ammeter: 0-2A, Ammeter:0-10A, parameters of a Wattmeter: 0-1200W. Necessary installation & commissioning included. single Phase transformer by O.C and S.C test.

50 | P a g e 141. 329 Determination of Technical Specification- Internal • One LED indicator to indicate Power input. Resistance of DC • On Board Circuits Power Source • Millmans Theorems (Maximum Power • Superposition Theorem Transfer) • Max Power Transfer Theorem Theorem • Reciprocity Theorem • Variable DC power supply : 0 to + 15 V • Variable DC power supply : 0 to + 30 V • All interconnections are made using 2mm banana • Patch cords.

142. 330 Determination of 3 KVA, 110V,1500rpm, 3-Ph, 50Hz, alternator coupled with DC motor parameter of a (Shunt) 5HP, 110V, 1500rpm, 4-point DC starter, 3-phase variable Three Phase resistive load 110V(L-L),15A per phase. . Necessary panel consisting Alternator. meters and accessories for OC and SC test to be included. 143. 332 Different Kit contains indicator with different temperature sensor input like RTD, Temperature Thermistor, Thermocouple etc with sensors like RTD ( Pt 100, 3 wire), Sensor Studies Thermistor, Thermocouple (J & K Type), Mercury in glass, Bimetal ets. kit.

144. 335 Dielectric strength Automatic motor operated breakdown voltage tester of TRANSFORMER test set for OIL: Breakdown voltage : 0-60KV, vertical panel mounted with transformer oil voltmeter, glass cover encapsulated, test cup and gap measuring gauge.

145. 336 Diesel Generator 30 KVA, 3phase, 415 volt, 50 Hz Set 146. 337 Different Starters i) D.O.L starter - 3H.P. 400V, 3-ph; ii) Star delta starter - 5H.P., 3-ph, for Induction 400V, manual; iii) Star delta starter - 5H.P., 3-ph, 400V, automatic; iv) motor Rotor resistance starter - 5H.P. 3-ph, 400V (for slip ring motor)

147. 338 Differential This trainer has been designed with a view to provide practical and amplifier experimental knowledge of Differential Amplifier SPECIFICATIONS1. parameter Study Power supply requirement: 230V AC, 50 Hz.2. Built in IC based regulated Power supply : +15 V and 15V DC/200 mA. 3. Following parts provided on Single PCB with connecting terminals: Transistor 2N2222A 2 Nos in differential amplifier configuration4. All parts are soldered on single pin TAGS on single PCB of size 8" x 7" with complete circuit diagram screenPrinted in multi colour.5. Standard Accessories : 1. A Training Manual.2. Connecting Patch cords.

51 | P a g e 148. 340 Differential Pulse Features: Onboard DPCM Transmitter and Receiver, Onboard Signal code Modulation / Generator block, Onboard audio input processing circuit,Onboard audio Demodulation output processing circuit,Clock and control signal section,Detailed signal Trainer processing circuit with complete data and control signal flow 2 Year Warranty on site, ScopeofLearning: Study of Differential Pulse Code Modulation and Demodulation Technique , To verify experimentally that DPCM is a Differentiation Process,To establish voice link using DPCM technique Differential Pulse Code Modulation & Demodulation, Signal generator block, Functions:Sine and SquareO/P frequency range:300 Hz to 3.4 KHzAudio blocks:Audio I/P and O/P processingcircuitsControl signals:R/W for ADC, reset, Latchenables, OEsSampling frequency:8 KHzBits per sample:5 bits including sign bitBandwidth improvementCompared to 8 bit PCM:3 bits per sampleInterconnections:2 mm socket (Gold plated)DC Supply:± 5V, ± 12V DC, 200 mAWeight:1.0 kg (approximately)Learning material:Online (Theory, procedure,reference results, etc),Dimension (mm):W 340 x D 240 x H 105oOperating Conditions:0-40C, 85% RHIncluded Accessories :2 mm Patch cords 16”:5 nos.Microphone:1 no.Headphone:1 no.Mains cord:1 no.

149. 343 DIGITAL Single Pan [ .001 gm – 100gm precision] BALANCE 150. 344 DIGITAL AC i) 0-1000mA, ii) 0-5A AMMETER 151. 347 Digital Audio Input _ Connectors XLR Female or BNC Paralleled; Level XLR 2 V p – p Amplifier min BNC IV p -p min Impedance Transformer isolated balanced & floating XLR 110 BNC 75 ohms; Sampling frequency 27 to 96 KHz; Cable Length > 300 meters of 110 ohm cable with equalizer; Sample rate 32.44.1.88.2 or 96 KHz Output_ Connectors XLR Male 12 BNC Chassis Mount 12 or 24 : BNC 75 ohms unbalanced capacitor coupled; Output Jitter < 3 nsec peak – to – peak at 96 Khz sample rate; Output delay 3 frames (sample interval) at sample rate; Level XLR 4 V P – P/110 ohms BNC 2 V p-p / 75 ohms; Impedance XLR 110 ohms BNC 75 ohms unbalanced; Propagation delay < 100nsec; Power supply available 220/230 V AC 10% 50/60 Hz

152. 348 Digital Audio Ultra low noise design invisible Mic Preamps with FBQ Feedback Mixer detection system. Studio grade stereo FX Processor with presets including reverb, chorus, Flanger delay pitch shifter & various multieffects; 3D Studio surround effect, 7 band stereo graphic EQ 4 fully equipped stereo input channel, 12 high – head room lying inputs; switchable plus 4X V fan tom power for condenser microphone 153. 351 Digital Digital Breadboard Trainer kit: Breadboard It consists of Trainer Four Distribution Strip of 100 tie point sand Two Terminal Strip of 640 tie points totalling 1680 tie points. -Located at the center of the PCB, with provision to remove it. -Can be replaced with the Experimental Boards mentioned below. Indicators(LED) Fixed clock generator Pulse generator Logic probe Different power supplies Toggle Switches for High (+5V)/ Low(0V).

52 | P a g e 154. 353 Digital Cable Digital Cable fault Localizer : Display of the location of break in pair fault Localizer wires and cables, 220 V AC per phase ± 10%. Resolution: 0. 1%.Display: 3½ digit bright LED display.

155. 358 DIGITAL SPECIFICATIONS: COMMUNICATI Clock and signal generation section ON TRAINER Sine wave Fixed frequency : 250Hz, 500Hz, 1 KHz, 2 KHz Variable frequency : 1Hz ~ 30Hz, 0 ~ 2 Vpp Sampling clock Frequency : 2 KHz, 4 KHz, 8 KHz, 16 KHz, 32 KHz, 64 KHz, 128 KHz Duty cycle : 10 ~ 90% Selectable in steps of 10% DC signal : 0 ~ 5 V

Transmitter clock frequency: 240 KHz fast modes Transmitter frame frequency: 8 KHz Carrier sine waves: 500 KHz (0 degree), 1MHz (0degree ), 1MHz (180 degree ) Data pattern: 8-bit variable NRZ-L pattern PRBS generator: 14-bit Transmitter section 1. Analog signal sampling - Sample and hold - Natural sampling - Flat-top sampling 2. 4 channel analog time division multiplexing 3. Odd, even parity and hamming code generator 4. Pulse code modulation 5. Data encoding NRZ (L), NRZ (M), NRZ(S), Bi-phase (Manchester), Bi-phase (Mark), Bi-phase (Space), URZ, alternate mark inversion (AMI), uni-polar to bipolar and bipolar to uni-polar 6. ASK, FSK, PSK modulation 7.Delta / adaptive delta / sigma delta / CVSD modulation 8. Signal compression 9. PAM / PPM / PWM modulation 10. Audio preamplifier with microphone interface

Receiver section a. 2nd order and 4th order low pass butterworth filters 2. 4 channel time division de-multiplexing 3. PLL clock recovery 4. Odd, even parity and hamming code recovery 5. Single bit error detection and correction 6. Pulse code demodulation 7. Data decoding NRZ(L), NRZ(M), NRZ(S), Bi-phase (Manchester), Bi- phase (Mark), Bi-phase (Space), URZ, alternate mark inversion (AMI) 8. ASK, FSK, PSK demodulation 9. Delta / adaptive delta / sigma delta / CVSD demodulation 10. Signal expander 11. PAM / PPM / PWM demodulation 12. Audio amplifier with headphone / speaker interface EXPERIMENTS Study of sampling techniques Natural sampling Sample and hold Flat top sampling

53 | P a g e Effects of various sampling frequencies and duty cycles Effect of sampling frequency Effect of duty cycle Effects of order of the low pass filter Study of TDM with different receiver synchronization techniques Using the direct synchronization technique Clock recovery through PLL Clock recovery through threshold detector Study of pulse code modulation and demodulation Direct synchronization technique Bit synchronization technique Frame synchronization technique Effects of parities and hamming code on PCM data None parity Even parity Odd parity Hamming code Study of PRBS Study of various data encoding and decoding technique NRZ- L, NRZ- M, NRZ- S, BIO-L, BIO-M, BIO-S, URZ AMI encoding and decoding Unipolar to bipolar Bipolar to unipolar

Study of various modulation and demodulation techniques ASK modulation and demodulation FSK modulation and demodulation PSK modulation and demodulation Study of delta modulation and demodulation Study of slope overload and increased integrator gain Study of adaptive delta modulation and demodulation Study of sigma delta modulation and demodulation Study of continuously variable slope detector modulation and demodulation. Study of companding system Study of pulse width modulation and demodulation. Study of pulse position modulation and demodulation Voice communication Switch faults 156. 360 DIGITAL DC i) 0-1000mA, ii) 0-5A, iii) 0-20 A AMMETER 157. 361 DIGITAL DC i)0-1000 mv, ii) 0-250 V, iii) 0-500V Voltmeter 158. 363 Digital Earth Digital Earth Resistance Tester: RANGE Resistance from 0.1 (1.0E-1) Ω Resistance Tester to 200 Tera Ω (2.0E+14 Ω). Maximum resistivity with ANSI/ESD STM S11.11 concentric ring 2.0E+15 Ω/square, Digital displays 3-1/2 digits in Ω, ACCURACY level ± <5% 159. 367 Digital I.C. Tester Universal IC tester: 40 pin DIP ZIF socket, 50 cherry keys Key pad and 16 X 2 LCD Display, suitable for testing of Analog IC, Digital IC and 7- segment display. Auto search facility is to be provided of all Digital Ics.

160. 368 Digital Insulation Digital Insulation Tester: 500V, 200Mohm, Tolerance: +/-5% Tester digital display, Portable type

54 | P a g e 161. 369 Digital Interactive Physical specifications: board Size: 54 3/4" W × 41 5/8" H × 5 1/8" D (139.2 cm × 105.8 cm × 13 cm) Active screen area (maximum interactive, projected image): 51 1/4" W × 38 1/4" H (130.2 cm × 97.2 cm) 64" diagonal (162.6 cm) FS670 floor stand (with SB660 installed) :54 3/4" W × 64" to 78" H × 40 3/8" D (139.1 cm × 162.5 cm to 198.1 cm × 102.5 cm) Weight : 21 lb. 14 oz. (9.9 kg) Shipping size :1 unit 46" W × 64 1/2" H × 5 1/2" D (116.8 cm × 163.8 cm × 14 cm) Shipping weight : 15.9 kg SPECIFICATIONS – SMART BOARD INTERACTIVE WHITEBOARD – Standard features Software: SMART Notebook™ collaborative learning Features of software included. Software upgrades should be available Pen tray : Optical sensors in the pen tray detect when you lift a pen or eraser from the tray. LEDs show the active tool. Pens and eraser : Black, blue, red and green pen tray pens and a rectangular eraser. Resolution : Touch resolution is approximately 4000 × 4000. Screen surface : The hard-coated surface is tear proof, optimized for projection, compatible with dry-erase markers and easily cleaned with whiteboard cleaner. Digitizing technology : Resistive Frame finish : Two-tone gray (approximates Pantone® Charcoal Gray 18-0601 TPX) and Ultrasonic Chrome (approximates metallic Pantone 877 C) Wall-mount bracket : 32" (81.3 cm) wide with five screws and drywall anchors to support a wall-mounted interactive whiteboard Computer connection : 16' (5 m) USB 2.0 cable Power requirements : Power is obtained from the computer directly through the USB cable for Windows®, Mac and Linux® computers. Power consumption is less than 1.5 W (300mA at 5V). Warranty : Five-year limited equipment warranty upon registration. See warranty document for details. Optional accessories: 1). Padded cover with handles for the SMART interactive whiteboard, 2). Mobile floor stand with 4" (10.2 cm) lockable casters and flip-up anti-tip feet, 3). RS-232 to USB conversion module that allows a serial connection to the interactive whiteboard as an alternative to USB, 4). Wireless Bluetooth® connection between the SMART Board interactive whiteboard and the computer, 5). USB audio system with two 14 W speakers that mount to the interactive whiteboard or the wall, 6). 16' (5 m) USB active extension cable, 7). USB to Cat 5 cable extender set, 8). Replacement set of four pen tray pens (black, red, blue and green) and rectangular eraser, 9). Set of four pointers (blue, red, green and yellow)

55 | P a g e 162. 373 Digital Digital Multimeter: • Multimeter • 3 3/4 Digits DMM, 4,000 Count Display 999 (10 MHz ) count frequency counter .Measurement of V, A, Ohm, Frequency, BJT • True RMS mode • Dual Display for frequency, AC voltage & temperature • 10 Location Memory • Time mode with alarm, clock and stop watch • MIN, MAX, AVG and relative mode • Decibel measurement • Capacitance and inductance measurement • Temperature mode. • Pulse signal injection function for logic & audible • testing, etc. • Continuity and diode test and transistor test npn/pnp. • Logic test • Auto Power off and "keep on" mode • Fused 20 A input with warning beeper • Back light • Data hold and tune mode • Low Battery indication mode • Overload protection

163. 370 DIGITALLABTR Digital Lab AINERKIT DC regulated power supplies Output voltage :one fixed DC regulated power supply of 5v/1Amp one fixed output DC regulated power supply of 5v/500mA Load regulation :±0.2% Line regulation :±0.05% Ripple :less than 3mvRMS Protection :short circuit &over load protected Pulse generator / clock Operating modes :square 1Hz to 10 KHz (1 Hz, 1KHz&10KHz, selectable) Clock :1Hz monoshot On board switch /LED /Display 2 nos push to on pulser switches 10 Nos toggle switches for logic input 10 nos LED Display for logic output 1Nos seven segment display &3.5 Digit dual voltmeter selectable(2v/20v) Bread board strips 2 nos vertically common strips (640 tie point each ) 4 nos horizontally common strips (100 tie point each ) Power requirement :220 VAC±10%,50Hz Weight:3.0Kg approx Dimension(mm):330(L)×225(B)×75(H) Standard accessories 5 mtr .hookup wire ,18 nos .patch chords with 4mm banana plug on one end, power chord &instruction manual Technical Specification- • High Quality Breadboard • 2 Pulsar Switches • 16 LED for Digital Data indication • Ready to use circuit boards(Optional) • On board DC Power Supply( +5V/1A,+3V to

56 | P a g e 15V/500mA, -3V to -15V/500mA) • Onboard 1MHz Pulse Generator with TTL/CMOS mode • BCD to 7 Segment display • 3 Nos. Seven Segment Display • 16 bit data switches • Accessories-line cord, Patch Cord.

164. 374 Digital Multimeter Demonstrator : With this demonstrator students can easily Multimeter understand the concept behind the measurement of different electrical Demonstrator quantities like Voltage, Current and Resistance. It has three measurement cum Trainer sections- Voltage Measurement (both AC and DC), Current Measurement and Resistance Measurement. Signal Conditioning, AC to DC Conversion Sections, LED Display and a Continuity Tester are also available on the training board. Rotary Switches are provided for the Function, Range and Decimal Selection. AC & DC Voltage Measurement. AC & DC Current Measurement. Resistance Measurement. Continuity Tester. Complete training system to study the Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation behind Multimeter . Easy illustration of different blocks of Multimeter . Good Quality, reliable SPDT, DPDT switches, sockets and Test points are provided. Strongly supported by systematic operating instructions with theoretical and practical details. Designed with considering all safety standards. Learning Material .2 Year Warranty.Scope of Learning : Study of DC and AC Current Measurement, Study of Resistance Measurement, Study of Continuity Tester, Study of DC and AC Voltage Measurement. Resistance Range 200 ,2K, 20K, 200K,2M, Voltage Range2V,20V,200V,350V (DC and AC ) ,Frequency Range40Hz ~5kHz Current Range200 µA, 2mA, 20mA, 200mA, 2A ( DC an AC) Frequency Range (40Hz ~ 5 Khz) Display : 3 ½ Digits, 7 segment, 0.55” LED

57 | P a g e 165. 377 Digital Printer, Scanner, Photocopier ComboCopy Speed A4 20ppm, A3 10ppm Photocopier First Copy Time 7.9secs Warm-Up Time From Power On 13secsFrom Machine : Printer, Sleep Mode 2.9secs Print Description Language UFRII Lite OS Scanner, compatibility Windows 8.1 / 8 / 7 / Vista / XP / 2000, Windows Server Photocopier 2012 / Server 2008 / Server 2003, Mac OS X 10.5.8 or later Resolution Combo Scan 300 x 300dpi Copy 600 x 600dpi Print 600 x 600dpiPull Scan (MF Toolbox / Scangear) B / W & ColorPush Scan ( MF Toolbox) B / W & ColorScan Features TWAIN, WIA compatibleSupported File Format (Scan) PDF / Searchable PDF / Compact PDF, BMP, JPEG, TIFF Processor speed 400MHZ Memory Capacity 128MBPaper handling Paper Sizes Cassette 1 A3, B4, A4R, A4, B5R, B5, A5R Cassette 2 N / ABypass Tray A3, B4, A4R, A4, B5R, B5, A5R, Envelope (COM 10, Monarch, ISO-C5, DL) Acceptable Originals Sheet, Book, and Three dimensional objects (up to 2kg)Available Paper Drawer Weight: 64 to 90gsmType: Plain, Recycled, Color (64 to 80gsm), Bond (75 to 90gsm) Bypass Tray Weight: 64 to 128gsmType: Plain, Recycled, Color (64 to 80gsm), Bond (75 to 90gsm), Heavy Paper 1 (91 to 105gsm), Heavy Paper 2 (106 to 128gsm), Transparencies, Labels, Envelopes

166. 378 DIGITAL Sensitivity 0.01 mg.; Capacity 100 gm PHYSICAL BALANCE 167. 384 Digital Storage Digi tal Storage Oscilloscope: 70 MHz: Oscilloscope (70 • Upgradable in nature interms of bandwidth, upgradation to Mixed Signal MHz) Oscilloscope for analyzing Digital Logic cha nnel • Operational built in waveform Generator • High waveform update rate • Optional Memory mode to capture selectively and storing inportatnt segments of signals only DETAILED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:- a) No. Of Channels : 2 or 4 b) Bandwidth : 70 MHz (upgradable in nature) c) Maximum Input : 400 V (peak) d) Sample Rate : 2 GSa/sec e) Waveform Update Rate : 400 Waveforms/sec f) Memory depth : 100 Kpts standard (upgradable) g) Time Base : 5nsec / div. to 50 sec./div h)Waveform update Rate: 50,000 waveforms/ sec i) Display : 8.5 inch Colour WVGA j) Trigger Modes : Force, Edge, and Video, Pulse width. k) Built In Interface : Standard USB 2.0 high speed device, l) Warranty : 5 years optional LAN, GP-IB and XGA O/P N.B.:Repair and calibration facility of the instrument should exist within India

58 | P a g e 168. 385 Digital Storage Digital Storage Oscilloscope ( 100 MHz) 1) No. of Oscilloscope 100 Channels : 2 MHz 2) Bandwidth : 100 MHz. ( upgradable upto 1 GHz ) 3) Maximum Input : 300 Vrms, 400 V peak 4) Timebase Range : 5 nsec. to 50 sec/div 5) Input sensitivity range : 1 mV/div – 5 V/div 6) Trigger System : Edge , Pulse Width , Pattern , Duration , Video 7) Sampling Rate : 2.5 GSa/s on each channel, 5 Gsa/s on Half Channel. 8) Memory Depth : 4 Mpts. ,Standard segmented memory upto 1000 segments. 9) Waveform update Rate : 1,000,000 waveforms / sec 10) Calculated Rise Time : ≤ 3.5 ns 11) Segmented Memory : To capture selected segments of the waveform . 12) Automatic Measurement : Upto 38 parameters 13) Built in waveform generator : Optional for Sine, Square, Pulse, Ramp,Sine, Cardiac,Gaussian Pulse, Cardinal, Noise, DC and AM, FM, FSK Modulation. 14) Display System: 8.5 inch Capacitive Touch Screen 15) Built in interface : USB 2.0 high speed device, Optional LAN ,GP- IB and XGA output.16) 8-digit Counter & Totalizer : Available but Optional N.B.:Repair and calibration facility of the instrument should exist within India

169. 389 Digital to analog Digital to Analog Converter (DAC 0808) card should be interfaced with converter all Microprocessor & Micro controller kit, must be protected for reverse interfacing board supply polarity, 170. 390 Digital to Trainer kit for Digital to Analogue converter with power supply, display analogue unit, patch cords, manuals and IC of DAC. converter with power supply 171. 392 Digital Wattmeter i) Display Energy Usage Time (min.) ii) Blinking LCD to indicate Alarm when kW is over threshold iii) Large LCD Display with Backlight, iv) Working Temperature : 0 °C to 45 °C, Input : 220V/415V, 50Hz, 2.5 ~ 10A (max.) 172. 391 Digital Trainer Digital Trainer Kit: 10 Logic Level Inputs & 10 LED for Kit output indication. Fixed Clock generation of 1Hz - 1MHz, Logic Pulsar, Logic Probe, Potentiometers of 1K, 10K 100K, Bread Board of 1260 tie points, Sine, Square and Triangular output waveform from 0-200Khz., Fixed DC, Variable DC, AC power supply, necessary patch cords. 173. 395 Diode clipping Technical Specifications Mains Supply: 230 V ±10%, 50 Hz. Sine Wave and clamping Generator : 1 KHz, 15V Vpp (approx.)DC Power Supply : 0 - 5 V (vary circuits study through(2No.) rotary switch for specific voltage level) Weight: 1.7 Kgs. (approx.). Dimensions (mm.) : W 260 ¥ D 355 ¥ H 125. Clipper and Clamper Trainer has been designed specifically to study 13 different types of circuit for single level and two level clipping and 6 different types of circuit for clamping. The purpose of this training system is to demonstrate firstly, that clipper has the ability to “clip” OFF a portion of the input signal without distorting the remaining part of the input alternating waveform. Secondly, to observe that the reference voltage can also be used to control the clipping level of output i.e biased clipper. Thirdly, to

59 | P a g e demonstrate the clamping or the jumping action of a signal to a different DC level (either +ve or –ve). Scope of Learning°Study of Series Positive Clipper and Series Negative Clipper Circuits°Study of Shunt Positive Clipper and Shunt Negative Clipper Circuits°Study of Biased Series Positive Clipper and Biased Series Negative Clipper Circuits °Study of Biased Shunt Positive Clipper and Biased Shunt Negative Clipper Circuits °Study of Combination Clipper Circuit °Study of Positive and Negative Clamper Circuits°Study of Biased Clamper Circuits. 174. 394 Diode and zener A complete system to study the diode characteristics diode Forward and reverse characteristics experiment can be characteristics performed on this trainer kit Silicon, Zener and trainer Germanium diode are provided with this system. Inbuilt Ammeter and Voltmeter. Digital display for displaying voltage and current. Different test points. 2 Years warranty on site warrenty.Technical Specifications Scope of Learning On Board DC power supply : +12V DC Ammeter Range : 1 µA to 200mA Display : 3½ digit Voltmeter Range : 1mV to 200V Display : 3½ digit Mains power : 230V AC ±10% Dimension : W 450 D 280 H 113

175. 396 Diode Rectifier & Real time appearance of components. Test points are provided in different Filter sections of power supply. Designed by considering all the safety Characteristics standards. Provided with a briefly described manual. Two year on site Trainer ( half warranty. wave , full wave Technical SpecificationsTransformer Rating : 9 V center tapped (300 mA) & bridge with LC approx.Mains Supply : 230 V, ±10%, 50 HzHalf wave Rectifier output : + filter) 4 V DC approx.Center-Trapped Rectifier : +8 V DC approx.Bridge Rectifier Output : + 8 V DC approx.Filter : LC TypeLoad : Resistive 220 , ½ Watt, Study of Half-wave Rectifier ,Study of Full-wave Center-tapped Rectifier Study of Full-wave Bridge Rectifier , Calculation of Ripple Factor and Efficiency of various rectifiers.

60 | P a g e 176. 399 DISH ANTENA This trainer model is basically a DTH Receiver System is a versatile (DTH) Trainer platform useful for students to learn the concept of DTH and its model troubleshooting. It is housed in an elegant cabinet with proper block diagram on the mimic. It is provided with fault creating and troubleshooting facility to understand the working of DTH. It is a satellite- aided TV rebroadcast system, featuring a compressed digital encoded signal for plink/ downlink. Features: 1. Compact design, 2. Comprehensive learning solution on DTH , 3. Functional block diagram indicated on main board, 4. Manual & Remote Control operation, 5.Composite Video output and RF output, 6. Fault creation and diagnosis, 7. Online Product Tutorials , 8. 2 Year Warranty Experiments: Following experiments can be carried out from the trainer model a) Introduction and basics of DTH system, b) Understanding various components of DTH receiver system, c) Study of various blocks of DTH system, d) Study of working principle of DTH system, e) Various types of fault creation and troubleshooting Technical specifications: RF Input : 950 - 2150 MHz Input Impedance: 75 Ω RF Output: 470 MHz to 862MHz Dish Input : F - Connector Composite Video Output : RCA type Audio Output : RCA type (L/R) TV Output : RCA type Video Output : PAL IF Frequency : 70MHz Video Output level : 1Vpp (75 load) Uplink Satellite : INSAT 4B Controls : Channel Up/Down, Volume Up/Down, Power On/Off. Test Points: 17 nos. Product Tutorials : Online (Theory, procedure, reference results, etc), Dimensions (mm) : W 326 x D 252 x H 52 Power Supply : 110V - 260V AC, 50Hz/60Hz Weight : 1.5 Kg. (approximately) Operating Conditions : 0-40 C, 85% RH Included Accessories : Mains cord, Power Supply, Remote, RF Cable, Audio/Video Card, Dish Antenna with accessories, LNB Pencil Cell : 2 nos. Dish Connecting wire : 10 meter (approx.) 177. 404 DISTILATION With Condenser system with heating mantle [ 5 Litre plus]. Complete APARATUS: fitting with Installation & Demonstration. 178. 407 Distributed Spec for Distributed Control System: Control System ( YIL, CENTUM CS3000)

A. OPERATOR SUB-SYSTEM A1 Engg. Station Cum Operating Station : ------1 Intel Core i5, with latest configuration available in the market, 20.1" inch or higher TFT industrial grade monitor with QWERTY keyboard and

61 | P a g e Mouse, Desk Top type, DELL / equivalent A2 Laser Printer (Colour) , HP / Equivalent ( With consumable item like printing paper, fuse, ribbon etc) ------1 lot

B. CONTROLLER AND DATA ACQUISITION: B1 Duplexed Field Control Unit (For FIO, 19" Rack mountable), Standard type (Main memory32 MB), Dual Redundant Vnet/IP, Dual redundant ESB bus, (100-120V AC or 220- 240V AC or 24V DC) ------1 B2 Analog Input /Analog Output Card -(8 AI + 8 AO), Differential Type, (analog i/p card should be supported by thermocouple, RTD and provide external terminal to connect the same)--1 B3 Contact Input Module-32 Channels,(isolated)------1 B4 Contact Output Module-32 Channels,(isolated)------1 B5 Terminal board for Analog Input /Analog Output Card ------1 B6 Terminal board for Contact Input Module------1 B7 Relay Board For Contact Output Module------1 B8 Profibus/Modbus Communication Card ------1 C. SYSTEM CABINET C1 System / Marshalling Cabinets/Relay Cabinet------1 lot D. SOFTWARE SUB-SYSTEM: D1 Standard Operation & Monitoring Software--1 D2 Standard Builder Funtion--1 D3 Graphic Builder--1 D4 Logic Chart status Display-1 D5 Control display package--1 D6 Electronic IM package--1 D7 Simulation Package ( Test Function)--1 D8 Profibus/Modbus Communication Package(non redundant)---1 E. COMMUNICATION SUB-SYSTEM: E1 Pre-fab. Cables, V-Net Cable , other cables etc--1 lot F. OTHER ITEMS F1 24 V DC Redundant Power Supply---1 F2 Metalic Flat Console for PC & Wooden table for printers--1+1 F6 Documentation(2 sets with software)---1 lot G. SERVICES G1 Erection & Commissioning --1 lot G2 Training at least for 2 person at training centre.--1 lot G3Training for students at Institute at least for 1 weak -1 lot 179. 412 Drill bits for Carpentry 1/8 inch., 3/16 inch, ¼ inch, 3/8 inch ½ inch carpentry and JK Masonry ¼ inch, 3/8 inch, ½ inch. masonry works

62 | P a g e 180. 413 DSB/SSB AM Super heterodyne receiver receiver trainer. • Frequency:400KHz ~ 1.5MHz • I Frequency:455KHz • Inputs :RF signal • Output IF frequency:455 KHz adjustable • IF filter :Dual tune LC • RF amplifier with variable gain Mixer (frequency converter) • Dual Gate MOSFET • Input :Local Oscilloscope and RF • Output Frequency:455 KHz adjustable • Band pass filter:455 KHz center frequency Voltage controlled oscillator • Output signal: Sine wave for local oscillator input • Frequency :From 400KHz ~ 1500KHz

• Amplitude :Adjustable from 0 ~ 2Vpp • Output impedance :50 Ω 1st IF and 2nd IF amplifier • Central frequency :455KHz

• Load impedance :Variable R-L-C • Gain :40dB with automatic gain control Diode envelope detector • Detection of the positive and negative envelope with variable RC filter DSB Product detector • Operating frequency :Adjustable from 400KHz ~ 500KHz SSB • Input amplitude :1Vpp Audio output • Amplifier with speaker Audio amplifier gain :20dB

: 181. 414 DSB/SSB AM Audio oscillator (sine wave generator) • Frequency : 100Hz ~ 10KHz • transmitter Amplitude : 0 ~ 2Vpp • Audio input : Audio pre amplifier with trainer. microphone input Voltage controlled oscillator (VCO) • Output signal : Sinewave • Frequency range : 1)400KHz ~500KHz ; 2)400KHz~1500KHz • Amplitude : 0 ~ 2Vpp • Output impedance : 50 ΩAM/DSB/SSB/Modulator • Modulation : Amplitude modulation Double sideband Single side band (LSB)• Carrier input : 1KHz ~ 1000KHz• Modulating input : 0.1 ~ 100KHz• Carrier null : Adjustable , • Output amplitude : AdjustableCeramic filter : • Center frequency : 455KHz• Bandwidth : 10KHz ± 3KHz Adjustable connected to cable or antenna Antenna : MWC oiI Switch Faults : 4 switch faults are provided on-board to study different effects on circuit Interconnection : 2mm banana socket Power supply : GND,+5V,+12V,-12V• LED Indicator to understand the path of Signal flow.• Push Button Switches to select type of Modulation.• Mic for voice communication.• Switched Faults: 8 Nos.• Test Points- More than 25

63 | P a g e 182. 415 DSP tariner Kit TMS 320XXXX DSP Trainer

FEATURES • The DSP features the TMS320C6745 DSP, a 375 MHZ device delivering up to 3648 million instructions per second (MIPs) and 2736 MFLOPS,• On board clock generator, . White noise generator, • Signal and noise adder ,• LCD 7 segment display,• High-quality 24-bit stereo CODEC ,• RTC interface , .Keypad

SPECIFICATIONS Hardware ,• JTAG supported via USB, • TLV320AIC23B programmable stereo codec, • Two 3.5mm audio jacks for microphone and speaker ,• Expansion port for plug-in modules,• Power supply: +5V, ±12V, GND,• 8 DIP switches for inputs and 8 LED indication for output ,• Provision for manual Reset,• 4*4 LED matrix ,• White noise source of amplitude 0 ~ 5Vpp ,• 20*2 character LCD display, • 7 segment displays, • RTC interface : I2C based RTC section, • Phone keypad : 0 to 9 digits and *, # characters, • Code composer studio for the TMS320C6745 DSK is included, EXPERIMENTS • To study the architecture of DSP chips – TMS 320c6X instructions • To verify linear and circular convolution • To design FIR(LP/HP/BP) filters using windowing technique a) using rectangular window b) using triangular window c) using kaiser window • To implement IIR ( HP/LP/BP ) using following window a) Chebyshev filter b) Butterworth filter • N-point FFT algorithm • N-point DFT and IDFT of given sequence • Frequency response of system which is given in transfer function and differential form • Power spectrum density • Generation of sine wave • DFT and IFFT using DIT and DIF methods • Auto-correlation, cross-correlation and its property • Sampling of sine signal • Amplitude modulation, frequency modulation and FSK modulation • FIR filter using Blackman and hamming window • Generation of square wave • Implementation of decimation, interpolation and I/D sampling rate converter • Impulse response of 1st and 2nd order system • Addition and removal of noise • Spectrogram of audio or sine signal • Generation of DTMF signals and spectrogram of DTMF signal • RTC displayed on LCD • Signal companding using µ-law • Generation of sinusoidal wave based on recursive differential equation • Generation of sinusoidal through filtering • To find the FFT of given signal • FIR filter using Fourier series expanstion method

Image processing • Digital image fundamentals

64 | P a g e • Image enhancement • Image filtering • Image reconstruction • Color image processing • Image compression • Image segmentation • Morphology image processing

Accessories • DSP 320 development board • Power supply with power cord • USB to JTAG emulator for DSP programing • Microphone and headphone • Patch cords • DVD containing deliverables • Experimental manual 183. 418 DVD AND Sectioned drive that shows all key internal component, Can be connected BLUERAY to computer and function as an additional drive, Circuit block-diagram of DESK TRAINER showing the function of the system,LED lights monitor data transfer activity, Electronic Fault Controller is built into the trainer for student interface purpose, Equipment Coverage:- Harware assembly and testing, Personal safety, Maintenance Procedure, Block-diagram,Schematic diagram, Troubleshooting procedure, Maintenance Procedure, Common Fault Simulation Testing, Waveform for common test points

184. 428 EEG Simulator No. of channels:Single;Gain control:variable, CMRR:>80 dB;Output:Standard EEG Signal output with alpha,beta,delta and theta wave generator

185. 429 Electric Oven 2 KW, 230 V A.C SIZES -14" X 14" X 14"- 02 Shelves18 X 18 X 18- 02 Shelves18 X 18 X 24- 03 Shelves24 X 24 X 24- 03 Shelves24 X 24 X 36- 04 Shelves Specification: ·Vertical model ·Double walled construction ·Front opening door ·Top mounted control panel for easy access ·Inner made of Stainless Steel with mirror polish ·Outer body made of Mild Steel with powder coat finish ·Electrically operated thermostat /PID Controller with 3 heat switch control with corresponding indicators. Nichrome / Kanthal made long lasting heating elements ·High grade glass wool insulation ·G.I. made wire mesh shelves with adjustable runners .

186. 430 Electric Power Electric Power Drill machine, 220V. Drilling Dia adjustable upto 13 mm Drill with Hammering provision and screwing and unscrewing facility. 187. 441 Electronics Work NI Multisim, Latest version, with license, 10 user Bench (Multisim software with multi MCU module: The software should have at least the facility for analog, digital, and mixed mode circuit simulation and microcontroller (8051,8052,PIC, AVR etc) based circuit design and simulation.) NI ultiboard : latest version with license, 10 user 188. 442 Electrophoresis semi automatic, tungsten lamp, wavelength 405-799, solidstste phptocell, System scanning range 0-60mm, linearity+-1% from 0-2.5 O.D, alpha numeric key board, thermal printer for 100mmX10mm

65 | P a g e 189. 440 ELECTRONIC The Electronics WorkStation is a designed WORK instrument panel in vertical position and having STATION sufficient space for working. A test bench that is flexible to accommodate any testing setup from general to industry specific requirements. The worka station is Installed on Wheel (with locking mechanism) is provided at legs of workstation so that it can be easily moved. MCB is provided with AC supply for safety purpose. The work station is fitted with following equipment: Digital Storage Oscilloscope 50 mHz , Soldering Station , LCR Meter, Programmable DC Power Supply, Temperature Monitor N.B.:Repair and calibration facility of the for test and measuring instrument should exist within India 190. 444 Elementary Fibre Elementary Fibre Optics Trainer• Transmitter : 2 fiber optics LED• Optics Trainer Transmitter 01 : Peak emission 950nm Infrared (SFH 450V)• Transmitter 02 : Peak wavelength of 60nm (SFH756V)• Receiver : 2 photo detector•Receiver 01 : Photo transistor of 80µÁ / µW (SFH 350V)• Receiver 02 : Photo detector, TTL logic output (SFH 551V)• Modulation techniques Digital communication with (PCM) using Motorola MC145502 CODEC chip• Coding / decoding : Manchester coding / decoding • Amplitude : 0 ~ 5Vpp• PRBS generator : 16-bit switch selectable Clock : 32 KHz, 64 KHz, 128 KHz• Bit error rate measurement : 10-bit counter with LED indication up to 255 count• Multiplexing : TDM, 16 channels (64 Kbits/Sec)• Data rate : 1.024 M Bits / Sec• Voice PCM : 2 channels voice PCM with telephone • Analog input : 1Vpp , Bandwidth : 300 KHz• FWHM spectral width : 100 nm PC to PC communication using 660 nm and 950 nm LED through RS-232 standard• RS-232 Port Type : Two 9Pin D type connectorFiber optic cable : • Type plastic optical cable, step index, multimode • Core refractive index-n1 : 1.492• Clad refractive index-n2 :1.406, • Numerical aperture : 0.50, • Outer diameter : 2.2mm, • Number of Fibers : 4• Fiber length : 1 Meter, 3 Meter• Test Points : 45 test points• Power supply : GND, +5V, +12V, -12V 191. 445 EMG Machine comprises of 2-channel Amplifiers, surface electrode, Adaptor, Stimulator handle, Head phone, Wooden trolley, EMG software with standard accessories. 192. 446 EMG Simulator Frequency:0-1KHz;Amplitude:Adjustable 0-1V;Waveform:Standard frequency range; Leads:A,G,R;Socket:3mm;Output:Different Output

66 | P a g e 193. 449 EPABX trainer No. of Subscribers: Two DOT Lines, Four Extension Lines. Line Section: Opto Isolation for Trunk Lines and four Extension Lines. Tone Genration: Dial Tone, Busy Tone, Ring Back Tone, Hold on Music. CPU Section: Microprocessor based stored program control. Memory: 64 KB Program memory(EPROM), 32 KB Data RAM for Buffer.Speech Path: Fully Non-Blocking. Loop Resistance: a) Extension: 600 Ohms b) Co-Line: 1200 Ohms Cross talk Attenuator: >70 dBm Idle channel Voice:>70 dBm Insertio loss: Extension to Extension not less than 60 dB. Dial Pulse Ratio:10 PPS +/-10 %. Input Power: 230V AC, 50 Hz. Longitudinal Balance: 60 dBm Test Points: 38 Nos, test points are provided on bopard to observe intermediate signals. Switch faults: 8 switch faults are provided on board to study different effects on circuit. No. of Telephones: 4 Nos. Power Supply: +11v, +23 V, +5V, +15V, GND.

194. 452 Experimantal kit Kit needs to be exclusive and compact design. Straight forward for Wien bridge representation of Wein Bridge Oscillator, +12V, -12V inbuilt SMPS oscillator with the trainer for power supply. Trainer including illustration of Oscillator design using variable passive elements,

195. 453 Experimantal kit Kit should consist of connecting wires,741 Op-amp, Dual DC power for design of Low supply, variable Resistors, Capacitors for design purpose, i/p variable pass & High pass (amplitude and frequency) AC supply active filter

67 | P a g e 196. 454 Experimental kit Kit should be suitable to demonstrates the principle and working of to plot potentiometers and effect of loading characteristics of • Built-in two (2) different types of potentiometers, viz., Single turn potentiometer and Potentiometer with knob observe the • Built-in Resistive Load Bank (4 different Resistive Loads) for loading loading effect on the potentiometers output of • Built-in IC based DC regulated power supply with short circuit potentiometer protection and indication for supply “ON” • Graphs of loaded output voltage v/s rational angle of potentiometer shaft and loading error v/s rational angle can be plotted • Calculation of loading error • Multi - coloured test points are to be provide at various stages to observe the voltage and waveform • Set of necessary patch cords • Housed in an elegant cabinet with a well spread intelligently designed multicoloured layout on the front panel • Strongly supported by a comprehensive instruction manual complete with theory and operating details • Supply 230V, 50 Hz Types of potentiometer: Wire wound Bed type

197. 455 Experimental set Set up should consist of up for load tests • Single phase Transformer 2kVA, and calculation of • AC Voltmeter (0-300 V), regulation and • AC ammeter (0-10A), efficiency 0f • Wattmeter (unity pf, 0-10 A, 0-300V), transformer • single phase variable resistive load. • Single pole switch. • Connecting wires and other necessary accessories

198. 460 Experimental kit Features : Motor speed controller. Magnetic pick up proximity sensor, for measurement Power supply of angular Technical Specifications : displacement by • Resistive Transducer using multi turn potentiometer to measure angular RVDT displacement of 0° to 360° • On-board Digital Panel Meter • Protractor for angle measurement • Output available on 2 mm Banana sockets for Monitoring.

68 | P a g e 199. 461 Experimental kit Hall Effect Set-up should consists of for the • Electronic digital millivoltmeter (Range: 0 - 200.0 mV, Resolution: characteristics and 100 µV, Accuracy : ±0.1% of reading ±1 digit, Impedance : 1 M Ohm) calibration of Hall • Constant current power supply (Current range: (0 - 20 mA) or as effect sensor required for the particular Hall Probe, Resolution : 10 µA, Accuracy : ±0.2% of the reading ±1 digit, Load regulation : 0.03% for 0 to full load, Line regulation : 0.05% for 10% changes), • Two electromagnets, • One digital Gaussmeter along with Hall Probes (Indium Arsenide crystal (rectangular) is mounted on a phenolic strip with four soldered contacts for connections with measuring devices. • The whole system mounted in a pen type case for further protection. • Hall Voltage: 8 - 10 mV/100 mA/KG • The Hall Voltage and probe current can be read on the same digital panel meter through the selector switch

200. 456 Experimental Kit Instrument should comprise of two DC Regulated Power for characteristics Supplies 0-3VDC/150mA & 0-30 VDC/150mA, two dual of PN junction range digital meters for voltage & current measurement, Diode PN Junction Diodes be mounted behind the panel, connections of Supplies, Meters & Diodes brought out at 4 mm Sockets. 201. 457 Experimental Kit Complete set should consist of all accessories to perform for characteristics the experiment using 1 watt zener diode fitted on the of Zener Diode printed board , to perform a Forward , Reverse , line and load regulation characteristics.Total unit with one continous variable DC power supply from 0-20 volt with course and fine control arrengments. 3 ½ digit seven segment LED digital panel meters on the meter panel board. Out of the three meters two voltmeter are suitable ranges , and one mili Ammeter of suitable ranges to perform the Forward , reverse, and regulation characteristics. One continous variable high wattages load resistance will also provide on the board to perform the load & line regulation characteristics, all terminals are to be provided on the board are specially spring loaded type push to open and realese to close type terminals which can be used with the bear hook up wire.

69 | P a g e 202. 458 Experimental kit Two independent variable voltage source of suitable for input & range and a FET Characteristic Apparatus is to be transfer fastened on three terminals with engraved circuit diagram characteristics of with two digital voltmeter and one current meters are to FET. be fitted on the panel. All meters are 3.5 digit seven segment digital display and need well calibration mounting on panel with individual spring loaded terminals for each meter. Power Supplies on panel of the experimental board to be variable. For Drain to Source voltage source is varible from 0 to (+)15 volt dc variable and regulation is better than (+/-) 0.1%. Other Power supply provided for Gate to Source is also need to variable from 0 to (-) 5 Volt dc with independent output spring loaded terminals.

203. 459 Experimental Kit Transistor Trainer Kit consists of one fixed 12V Power for input /output supply, one variable constant voltage source and one characteristics of constant current source for output characteristic of the BJT transistor. Three digital meters on the panel. One fixed frequency of 1KHz with variable amplitude is required on the panel. Complete with one AC mV meter. A Bread board on the center of the experimental kits. Transistor Trainer Kit With H- Parameter Using AC Model

204. 462 Experimental kit • Parameter Measured: Linear Physical Displacement for the • Measurement System: Micrometer and Transducer with electronic measurement of instrumentation Linear • Transducer: Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) for displacement by Linear Displacement LVDT & plotting • Type: Spring loaded core type of characteristics • Configuration: Axial type LVDT Full Stroke: + 10 mm range curve of it • Actual Displacement: By Micrometer arrangement Pitch: 1 mm • Circuit: AC Excitation Source, Phase detector & digital display • Excitation Source: Sine wave of 2 kHz to 5 kHz variable frequency and 0 to 5V variable amplitude • Readout: Digital display to measure 0 to + / - 10 mm, indicating displacement in millimeters with core in / out indicated by + sign • Test Points: Multicolored test points at various stages to observe the waveforms and voltages • Instruction Manual: a comprehensive instruction manual complete with theory and operating details • Operating Voltage: 230V, + 10 % AC 1phase

70 | P a g e 205. 463 Experimental Kit Study of Strain Gauge:Features: Self-contained and easy to operate. of Strain Gauge : Sensitive, Linear, Stable & Accurate. Test-points to observe input output of each block. Onboard gain adjustment. Onboard offset null adjustment. Built in DC Power Supplies. 3½ digits LED display. Onboard Cantilever arrangement. High repeatability and reliability. 2 Year Warranty. Scope of Learning . Study of strain measurement using strain gauges and cantilever assembly.. Determination of linear range of operation of strain measurement.. Determination sensitivity.Study of Strain Gauge and their application for measurement of Strain. It helps to study bridge configuration of Strain Gauge and the signal conditioning circuits required to measure strain. It uses cantilever beam arrangement to produce strain on Strain Gauge. The Strain Gauges are firmly cemented to the cantilever at the point where the strain is to be measured. Weights are placed on free end of cantilever. Strain developed changes the resistance of Strain Gauge which is detected by full bridge configuration. Seven-segment LED display shows strain in micro strain units. Different weights are provided to perform linearity and sensitivity experiments. Detailed experiment manual.Technical Specifications: Strain Gauge (350W): 4 nos. Gauge factor : 2.1Maximum bearable weight:500 gm Cantilever material : Stainless Steel Cantilever width : 2.5 cm Cantilever thickness : 0.16 cm Cantilever length : 20 cm Bridge Voltage : +8 V DCBridge configuration : Full Bridge Display : 3½ Digit LED Test points : 8 nos. Power Supply : 230 V ±10 %, 50 Hz . Operating Conditions:0-40C, 85% RH. Accessories Included : Mains cord-1no.Standard Weights-1set.

206. 464 Experimental kit Easy to operate .4 different Temperature Transducers.Study of Transducer of Temperature controlled switching / alarm systems. On board signal conditioning Transducer ( circuitry. Built-in DC Power Supply. Functional blocks indicated on-board Thermistor) : Mimics .2 Year Warranty. Scope of Learning: Study Characteristics of IC Temperature Sensor. Study Characteristics of NTC Thermistor. Study Characteristics of NTC Bridge Circuit . Study Characteristics of Platinum RTD. Study Characteristics of K-type Thermocouple. Study Temperature controlled Alarm System

207. 467 Experimental set Set up should have at least-- up with Strain • Forcr/pressure measurement system with application of strain gauge Gauge transducer • Built-in 3½ digit DVM for output reading • IC controlled internal power supplies & oyher accessories

208. 469 Experimental The setup must have the facility to designdecimal to seven segment setup for design display. It must have the display for input and output. Inbuilt power of decimal to supply seven segment display 209. 472 Experimental Complete set containing floemetrs like venture meter, orifice meter, Rota setup for Flow meter, and pitot tube along with pump, supply, tank, flow recycling Measurement facility, flow indicator. The set-up is to be self contained, compact table top model , complete with instruction manual. Quotation must contain proper specification of individual instruments like venture meter, orifice meter, Rota meter, pitot tube, pump, flow indicator etc

71 | P a g e 210. 473 Experimental The kit must have arrangement to demonstrate the Adder (half & full) & setup for Subtractor (half & full) using minimum number of gates. implementation of Must have onboard inpu,t supply, display to show logic output. Adder & Subtractor 211. 481 Experimental The setup must have facility to generate square wave with particular setup for Square frequency using 555 timer. CRO interfacing facility should be there for wave generation analysis purpose. 212. 482 Experimental Trainer kit consist of following features----• Demonstration facility of setup for study of principle and working of a Proportional Integral Derivative (Analog PID) response of P, I, Control• Response for I & II order system as process• Study of effects of D and PID Integral, Derivative and Proportional Control Response [and its Time Control action Constants]• For I & II order system as process with different signal with various test waveforms• In-built selectable controls, viz., Proportional (P), inputs Proportional Derivative (PD), Proportional Integral (PI) and Proportional Integral Derivative (PID)• For Control Response for I & II Order system as process experiments• Variable Controls• Proportional (P) Gain: Adjustable• Integral (I) Time: Adjustable• Derivative (D) Time: Adjustable• Damping Factor for II order System: Adjustable• Input Signal Internal / External: Selectable• Internal Variable DC• External Facility to connect any External Signal• Built-in IC based DC regulated power supply with short circuit protection and indication for supply “ON”• Multicoloured test points at various stages to observe the voltage and waveform• Housed in an elegant cabinet with a well spread intelligently designed multicoloured layout on the front panel• Strongly supported by a comprehensive instruction manual complete with theory and operating details• Set of necessary patch cords• Supply required 230V, 50 Hz AC

213. 483 Experimental Experimental Setup for Temperature Control by using Bimetal Switch, Setup for Experimental setup for temperature control by using Bimetal Switch: This Temperature setup consists of variable electric load ( lamp bank maximum load of 500 Control by using W) provided with indicators for displaying heating current (Ammeter) Bimetal Switch, and arrangement to control heating current for demonstrate the cut-off characteristics for bimetal strips (Thermal Overload Relay as Bimetal Strip). This unit should be Chassis type powder coated enclosure. 2 hard copies of Operation manual are to be supplied along with the set-up and Installation & Demonstration are to be given within one month of supply of set – up.

72 | P a g e 214. 487 Experimental The kit must have the facility to design universal shift register. It must setup to design of have the display for input and output. Inbuilt power supply universal shift register 215. 488 Experimental The kit must have the facility to design ripple counter. It must have the setup to design of display for input and output. Inbuilt power supply. Ripple counter (4 bit) 216. 489 Experimental • Parameter to be Measured: Strain in terms of Kilograms on a cantilever trainer kit for beam characteristics and • Measurement System: Physical by Weights and Transducer with calibration of electronic instrumentation strain gauge/Load • Transducer: Temperature compensated strain gauges mounted on a cell stainless steel cantilever beam • Type: Cu-Ni foil with polyamide carrier base • Gauge Resistance: 350 Ohms (Nominal) • Gauge Length: 6 mm • Gauge Width: 2.4 mm • Gauge Base: 12.5 mm x 4.3 mm • Gauge Factor: 2:1 (approx) • Configuration: Bridge with two arms as strain gauges • Wheatstone Bridge principle • Range: 0 – 500 grams • Actual Strain: By weights placed in a plate fixed on the beam • Excitation Source: DC Regulated source • Span Adjustment: By potentiometer control • Zero (Tare) Adjustment: By a ten turn potentiometer control • Readout: Digital display to indicate strain in kilograms • Test Points: Multicolored test points provided • Indicator: Mains ON/OFF • Power Requirements: 230V, 10% AC, 50 Hz, 1phase • Multicolored Mimicked Front • Digital Indicator • On-board Zero (Tare) & Span adjust • Inbuilt DC Power Supplies • Rugged with high Repeatability & Reliability • Detailed Instruction manual

217. 493 Extension Board: Universal Socket Surge Protector,Wired, at least 8 number Universal Universal Socket socket, Grounds AC power with 3-line protection through all 4 sockets, Surge Protector Response time not more than 1 nano second, at least 700 Joule energy rating to provide surge protection for computers, peripherals and household electronics, at least 2 meter chord, at least 1 year warranty, Model No. F9E800zb2M-GRY, Make: Belkin

73 | P a g e 218. 501 FIBER OPTIC FEATURES COMMUNICATI • Fiber optic transmitter : 2 wave lengths (660nm and 950nm) ON KIT • Fiber optic receiver : 2 types (PIN photo diode, photo transistor detector ) • On-board function generator 1Hz ~ 10KHz • Fiber optic analog link and digital link • Modulation techniques : - Direct intensity modulation - Frequency modulation - Pulse width modulation (PWM) - Pulse position modulation (PPM) • Voice communication • PC to PC Communication using Rs232 standard • Switch faults • Multimedia based interactive e-manual SPECIFICATIONS Transmitter: Two Siemens fiber optics LED Transmitter 01: Peak wavelength of emission 660nm red visible (SFH756V) Transmitter 02 : Peak wavelength of emission 950nm (SFH450V) Receiver : Two fiber optic photo detector Receiver 01 : PIN photo diode with responsivity of 0.3 µA (SFH250V) Receiver 02 : Photo Detector with TTL Logic output (SFH551V) On-Board Signals: Sine Wave, Frequency : 1Hz ~ 10KHz, Amplitude : 0 ~ 4 Vpp, TTL-Square Wave - Frequency : 1Hz ~ 10KHz Modulation techniques: Direct intensity modulation, Frequency modulation, • Pulse width modulation (PWM) (with variable clock 4 KHz, 8 KHz, 16 KHz, and 32 KHz) • Pulse position modulation (PPM) (with variable clock 4KHz, 8 KHz, 16 KHz, and 32 KHz) Driver Circuit : Analog and digital configuration for 660 nm and 950 nm LED Analog / digital bandwidth : 2MHz / 5MHz Filter circuit: 4th order Butterworth filters with 3.4 KHz cut-off frequency Voice Communication: Fiber optic voice link using dynamic mike and speaker PC TO PC Communication: using 660 nm and 950 nm LED through RS- 232 standard RS-232 Port type: Two 9 pin D type connector Baud rate : Maximum 115.2 kbps baud Fiber optic cable : Type : plastic optical cable, step index, multimode, Core Refractive• Index-n1 : 1.492, Numerical aperture : 0.5, Acceptance angle : 60º • Fiber diameter : 1000 microns, Outer diameter : 2.2 mm • Fiber lengths : 0.5, 1 and 3 Meters Switch Faults: 8 Switch faults are provided on board to study different effects on circuit Test Points: 24 test points are provided on board to observe intermediate signals Power supply: GND, +5V, +12V, -12V

74 | P a g e 219. 954 Experimental Kit must have self contained easy to operate platform. On trainer kit for board Function Generator. On board test variable power demonstration of supply. Functional blocks need to indicate on board different mimic. Built in power supply. Operating manual application of Op- required. Amp Function Generators - Sine Wave : 10Hz - 100 KHz (10VPP),Square Wave : 10Hz - 100 KHz (10 VPP),Triangle Wave : 10Hz - 100 KHz (8 VPP) On board test Power: 0-5V (variable) Supplies. Test Points: 28 (Gold plated), Power Supply :230 V ±10%, 50/60 Hz, Power Consumption : 4 VA. 220. 1026 Experimentation Kit for FET amplifier: I )DC power supply : +12V DC, with FET II ) Mains supply : 230V ±10%, 50Hz, Features :Easy Amplifier illustration of FET Amplifier, In-built DC Power Supply, Online product tutorial , analyze various theoretical parameters such as, frequency response, drain current measurements, gate-source voltage measurement, drainsource voltage measurements, etc (flexability to repair any component)

221. 459 Experimentation Kit for Transistor characteristics: I ) In-built Ammeter with Transistor and Voltmeter are provided II )) On board Fixed and Characteristics Variable DC Power Supplies are provided . III ) Digital display for displaying Voltage and Current . IV ) Three important characteristics of a Transistor can be performed . On this board : Input characteristic , Output characteristic . V ) Constant current transfer characteristic Technical Specifications Fixed DC Power Supply : +5V, -5V, +12V, -12V . Variable DC Supply : ±1.5V to ±11V Transistor : BC547, BC557 Ammeter Range : 1ìA to 200mA Display : 3½ digit Voltmeter Range : 1mV to 200V Display : 3½ digit. Mains : 230V AC ±10% 222. 512 Flow control Set up should consist of --- using orifice, D/P D/P transmitter, single loop controller, control valve (Glove), transmitter, single Transmitter should be installed at the upstream of control valve, loop controller, Controlling facility by controller, and control valve. Continuous water recycling facility, Table mounted set up preferable. Quotation must contain proper specification of individual instruments like D/P transmitter, single loolp controller, control valve (Glove), pump etc

75 | P a g e 223. 458 FET Characteristics of MOSFET, FET & UJT is a compact, characteristics ready to use experiment board. This is useful for students trainer to plot different characteristics of n-channel MOSFET, nchannel FET and UJT and to understand operation of these power electronics devices in various regions. Using this product student can also evaluate FET parameters (Drain resistance, Transconductance, and Amplification factor) & UJT parameters (Inter base resistance and intrinsic standoff ratio). In-built DC power supply, voltmeter and ammeter with DPM features make this product easy to operate and can be used as standalone system. Bread-board allows student to construct circuits using external components along with on-board resources. Technical SpecificationsMains Supply:90- 230V, 50Hz. DC Fixed Power Supply:-5V, +15V, +35VDC Variable Power Supply:1.5V to 14 V1.5V to 34VVoltmeter:0-200V Ammeter:0-200mA Bread BoardDimension (mm):175 x 61 x 10. Distribution strips:2Distribution holes:200Terminal Strips:1Terminal holes:640Resistor Bank:M.F.R. 100E 1W (3 Nos.)M.F.R. 470E 1W (3 Nos.)M.F.R. 1K 1W(3 Nos.)Variable Resistances:5 Kten turn Potentiometer (1 No.)10 KTen turn Potentiometer (1 No.)5 KSingle turn Potentiometer (1 No.)Fuse:500 mA, slow blowDimensions (mm):350 x D 280 x H 55? To study and plot the Drain Characteristics of n channel MOSFET?To study and plot the Transfer Characteristics of n channel MOSFET?To study and plot the V-I characteristics of JFET ?Evaluation of following parameters of JFET: -DC Drain resistance- Transconductance-Amplification factor?To plot the VI characteristics of UJT ?Evaluation of following parameters of UJT:-Intrinsic Stand- off Ratio-Inter base resistance 224. 513 Flow Measurement set It should be a table top model with Source and Measuring Tank. The up using Orifice, measuring tank is of Acrylic with liters graduated. A small pump is fitted Rotameter and to circulate the water. A Orifice meter with manometer is provided to D/P Transmitter measure the flow rate. A Rotameter is to be given to measure the flow rate. A smart D/P Transmitter ( Make Tata Honeywell/ Rosemount) with digital indicator should be incorporated. Specification: Tank capacity: Max 10 liters Rotameter: 0 to 600 LPM Orifice meter : Small orifice plate fitted with U tube manometer. ( with proper diagram, dimension, commissioning, installation, demonstration and instruction manual). Quotation must contain proper specification of individual instruments like D/P transmitter, irifice, rotameter, pump etc

76 | P a g e 225. 505 FIXED POWER Technical Specification- SUPPLY • 12 V DC power supply, a 5 V DC power supply

226. 517 Flux Integrating type Digital Fluxmeter, with 3&half digit digital display, 4- meter(magnetic) ranges of measurements indicating flux values from 0.1 KMT (Kilo Maxwell Turns) to 2*105 KMT, the instrument should offer analog voltage output proportional to the displayed value of flux that can be used for recording or data acquisition, The instrument should offer facility for connecting remote reset switch, the instrument should be table top type and should work on 230 volts 50Hz mains supply

227. 518 FM Stereo FM Stereo Trainer Trainer In built IC based DC regulated Power Supply +14 V/250mA Receiver Principal: Frequency Modulation. Frequency Range: 88 MHz to 180MHz Test Point provided on Front Panel Onl;y for Observations. 11 fault switch provided on front panel for Fault Creations. Volume control “Left” and ‘right” channels. Two speaker of coil impedance: 4W Circuit diagram of discrete component printed & all important connection are brought out on front panel Power requirement: 220 VAC +10%, 50Hz Dimensions (mm) : 300( L) x 175(B) x 75(H) Standard Accessories:Power Cord, Patch Cords & Instruction Manual, set of two speakers.

228. 522 Fourier Synthesis Signal synthesis by summing 10 Harmonics, Each harmonic selectable Kit with +sin, -sin, +cos, -cos value Square, triangle, ramp, pulse, rectified sine, AM and other Wave-form generation · Spectrum analysis of the signal using ACT-01 and ACT-02, · Multimedia based interactive e- manual Frequency of the fundamentals 10 KHz with quartz control Frequency of harmonics 20 KHz, 30 KHz, 40 KHz, 50 KHz, 60 KHz, 70 KHz, 80 KHz, 90 KHz, 100 KHz, Phase of each sine wave Selectable 00 (sin), 900 (cos), 1800 (-sin), 27000 (-cos), Amplitude of each sine-wave Amplitude of the DC component Adjustable from -10V ~ +10V GND, +12V, -12V, +5V 229. 523 FPGA Trainer Kit FPGA Trainer: with software Device • FPGA XC3S400-PQ208 Onboard function generator• Provision for Square and Triangular wave generation• Frequency variable from 40 to 100 KHz with provision of fine and coarse selection for both square and triangular wave• Amplitude variable from 0 to 2Vp-p for both square and triangular wave• Offset adjustment for triangular wave Motor interface• Stepper motor interface using 12-VDC, 200 steps / revolutions motor• 12V DC, DC motor interfaced using unpolarized connection so that it can be reversed.Relay interface • One NO and NC contacts are provided using 12-VDC relayRTC interface• Real time clock interface using I2C bus Buzzer interface: Analog inputs• ADC AD7938 (1.5MSPS and 12-bit)

77 | P a g e with 4 channels used• Thermistor interface is given to ADC channel 4• Anti-aliasing filter at the input of ADC (channel 1) with provision for time constant adjustmentAnalog output • DAC TLV 5619 (12-bit, 100ns conversion time)• Reconstruction filter at the output DAC with provision for time constant adjustment Onboard application • Traffic light controller• Elevator controllerUser interface• 16 input switches • 4X4 LED matrix• 4 X 4 matrix keyboard • Two 7- segment displays • 16 X 2 character LCD display FPGA configuration through : USB JTAGClock oscillator : 4MHz 230. 525 Frequency Frequency Counter Counter Operating Modes : Sine, Square, Triangle, Ramp, Pulse, TTL Frequency Range :0.3 Hz - 3 MHz Frequency Accuracy : ± 0.5 % Frequency Range & : Microcontroller based Square Wave Rise Time & Fall Time : ≤50 ns Pulse Duty Cycle : 15 % to 85 % var. (min width Output Impedance : 50 Ω, Output Voltage :20 Vpp O.C. Attenuation :20 or 40 dB(fixed) & 20 dB (variable) DC Offset

231. 526 Frequency Designed various circuits namely, attenuator circuit, wave shaping circuit, Counter frequency divider circuit, display driver circuit and gate time circuit. All Demonstrator these circuits are incorporated on a single board for study and cum Trainer verification.Simple representation of all the circuits explain corresponding functionality in a very easy way to perceive the logics to demonstrate the fundamental principle and functioning of Frequency Counter. It includes Frequency Range:20Hz - 30MHz, Resolution:10Hz (60KHz Range)10kHz (30MHz Range) Sensitivity:0.9VoltsAttenuation:1 : 1, 1 : 20Input Coupling:AC Input Impedance:1MWDisplay:Seven Segment LED Display, 4 digits. Mains Supply:, 50HzDimensions (mm):90 - 275VW 345 x D 240 x H 110 —Study of Frequency Counter—Study of Attenuator Circuit—Study of Wave Shaping Circuit—Study of Frequency Divider Circuit—Study of Frequency Counter and Display Driver Circuit—Study of Gate Time Circuit—Study of Sensitivity of Frequency Counter—Study of frequency measurement using gate time circuit. Exclusive and Compact design}Stand alone operation}Inbuilt +5V, -12V SMPS }Diagrammatic representation of Frequency Counter circuit}Low cost }Learning material . 2 Year Warranty 232. 527 Frequency Audio input: Audio preamplifier with microphone Channel : Two channel Division FDM with one channel as audio. Carrier Generators: Two Carrier Multiplexer/Dem Generators. Modulation Input Frequency: Two separate Sine Waves: – a) ultiplexer Trainer. 1 Khz &. – b) 10KHz (of variable Frequency & variable amplitude. Modulators: DSBSC (02 nos.). Demodulators: DSBSC demodulators (02 nos.). Filters: Two separate fourth order lowpass butter worth Filter with Cut off freqn of 10KHz. Fault Switches: 8 nos. through 8 way DIP switch for troubleshooting at different blocks. Test Points: More than 45. Power: 220V AC ±10%, 50 mains operated. Accessories: Set of Patch Cords, User’s manual. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: Study of Carrier Frequency Generation. Two Channel FDM with one channel as audio. Study & demonstrate the carrier generation. Study of AM, DSBSC Modulation. Study of DSBSC Demodulation. Study of Voice Communication using AM technologies.

78 | P a g e 233. 528 Frequency Technical Specification- Modulation/Demo • Audio Oscillator- With adjustable Amplitude & Frequency(300Hz- dulation Trainer 3.4KHz) • FM Modulator-Reactance &Varactor Modulator • FM Demodulator-Quadrature Detector, Ratio Detector, Phase locked loop, Foster seely Detector,Detuned Resonant Detector • Push Switches to select Detector type • LED Indicator to understand the path of Signal flow. • Low pass filter with adjustable gain • Switched faults- More than 3 • VCO with variable frequency as a FM Modulator • PLL Detector separately for VCO Generated Modulation • Test Points- more than 25

234. 529 FSK Modulation Technical Specification- (Modulation) and Demodulation • Crystal Frequency 4.096 MHz Trainer Kit • Different Data Formats-NRZ(L) & NRZ(M),RZ,Biphase (Manchester), Bi Phase (Mark) • Modulation Type-ASK,FSK,PSK,QPSK,DPSK,DQPSK • Onboard Data Inverter • Onboard carrier 1.6 MHz • 960 KHz Sine & Cosine • Onboard LED indicator & toggle switches for Data generation • Test points- More than 40

Technical Specification- (Demodulation) • On-board Biphase clock recovery circuit • On-board Differential Decoder& Squaring Circuit • On-board 8 bit data Receiver • Demodulation Type-ASK,FSK,PSK,QPSK,DQPSK,DPSK • 2nd order & 4th order filter for output

79 | P a g e 235. 530 FUNCTION i) It should be a waveform / function generator which can be upgraded GENARATOR to an arbitrary waveform generator . It may also have the feature upgrade the frequency of operation.ii) Should have low harmonic distortion and jitter.DETAILED TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION:--• Frequency : 1 µHz. to 20 MHz for Sine , Square and Pulse Waveforms and 1µHz. to 20 MHz. for Noise• No. of Channels : 1, • Frequency Resolution : 1µHz.• Amplitude : 1 mVpk-pk to 10 v (pk - pk) in 50 ohms., • Amplitude resolution : 4 digits , • PRBS bit rate : 1 Mbps to 50 Mbps • Duty Cycle for Pulse : 0.01 % to 99.99 %• Standard Waveforms: Sine,Square,Ramp,Pulse,Triangle,• Operating Modes: Continuous,Modulate, Frequency sweep, Burst .• Modulation Types: AM,FM,PM,FSK,BPSK,PWM, • Sweep: Linear, List & log, Up & Down with programmable start/ stop frequency • Burst : Counted, Gated, phase-360 deg 0.1 deg resolution• AM : Source both Internal & External, Depth 0 to 120 % With 0.01 % resolution.• FM : Source both Internal & External, Deviation 1µHz to 15 MHz• PM : Source both Internal & External, Deviation 0 to 360 deg C.• PWM : Source both Internal & External. Deviation 0 % to 100 %.• Power Supply:230 v, 50 Hz. ac. Should support Remote operation through Web Browser. Display: 4.3 inch color TFT, Interface: LAN/ GPIB/USB Facility to create custom waveform creation and editing software

236. 531 Function Ttrainer demonstrating all basic concepts of Function GeneratorExclusive Generator presentation and easy illustration of each block. Designed considering all Demonstrator safety standards. Low sine wave distortion. Low variation with cum Trainer temperature. Fault creation and troubleshooting. Onboard Frequency range display. Operating manualTwo years warranty. Designed to explain the fundamentals of Signal Generation. A Function Generator is a product that can produce various patterns of Voltage at a variety of Frequencies and Amplitudes. This Function Generator Trainer allows students to produce the different waveforms and to understand the concept of their generation. Technical Specifications :Frequency Ranges:Selectable 1 Hz to 10 Hz10 Hz to 100 Hz100 Hz to 1 KHz1 KHz to 10 KHz10 KHz to 100 Khz Sine Wave Generation:By Wave Shaping CircuitSwitched Faults:4 Nos.Fuse:350 mA, slow blowPower Supply:Max 230VAC, 50 Hz ±10%Dimensions (mm.):W 250 × D 130 × H 30Weight:2 Kg. Approx

237. 539 GSM Application Mobile Handset Trainer consists of GSM modem along with ARM Trainer processor module. This trainer system is used to study the functionality of a mobile handset and understand GSM Technology. The GSM modem can be controlled using the GUI designed by us and can be used to demonstrate various Automation Applications.

SPECIFICATIONS • Quad Band 850/900/1800/1900 MHz GSM/GPRS modem. • ARM processor : LPC2148 • Modem interface with GUI and ARM processor.

80 | P a g e • 20X4 LCD display • 6X3 multifunctional membrane keyboard. • 6 Pin SIM card holders. • Piezoelectric buzzer for incoming calls indication. • Vibration motor used to create vibration. • 3.5mm microphone and speaker jack • 5V DC power supply. • Provision for manual reset. • Variable voltage source for ADC input • 9 test points for supply and signal observation • User friendly GUI for study of AT commands • Home automation demo like light on / off ( using LEDs ) Relay on / off, ADC value indication by SMS On Board peripherals RELAY • 5V SPDT Mechanical Relay (2nos) • NO & NC LED Indicator

VIBRATOR • 3V operating voltage

SWITCH AND LED • 2 Push to on Switch for Automation • 2 Push to on Switch for Manual reset, turning on / off the modem • 2 LED to indicate the status of modem

EXPERIMENTS USING GUI AT commands study related to : • Modem information. • Phone book. • Message. • Call history • Incoming and outgoing call

USING CONTROL UNIT • Dialing and receiving calls. • Reading SMS form SIM card. • Relay ON/OFF and LED ON/OFF using SMS. • Switch ON/OFF indication and ADC value indication by SMS. 238. 544 Hall sensor Hall sensor : Input resistance: 450-950ohm, Output resistance: 550- 1350ohm, Magnetic sensitivity: 11 mV/kG to 28 mV/kG, Max current: 10mA 239. 545 Halogen lamp 500W, 240V 240. 543 Half wave & Full 1/2 wave, fullwave (centre tapped & bridge) with filter wave Bridge ckt. Rectifier Trainer Kit 241. 549 HANDYCAM 18-200 mm(11X) E-mount zoom lens, 1920×1080 recording up to 50P, 3” touch screen LCD, 28 mb/s memory stick, direct copy

81 | P a g e 242. 551 HD PORTABLE Recording and Playback Format – XAVC,HD,IMX50,DVCAM, DECK OUTPUT Signal : One HDMI and 2BNC SDI Output; INPUT Signal : One BNC SDI and XLR Audio for CH-1 and Ch-2 OR EQUIVALENT SPECIFICATIONS

243. 552 HD/2K HD/2K CAMCORDER with cine prime lens set, rail support, matte box (3 CAMCORDER prime lenses, lens kit): XAVC - HD - MPEG2 HD - HD422; Recording Resolution XAVC 2K - 2048 x1080, XAVC HD - 1920 x1080 OR EQUIVALENT SPECIFICATIONS 244. 553 Head Phone Head Phone High end 245. 554 Heat run test of a Transformer: 1 KVA, 230/115V, with panel consisting of Voltmeter (0- single phase 300V/150V), Ammeter: 0-2A, Ammeter: 0-10A, wattmeter: 0-1150W, transformer Glass Thermometer, Temperature display (digital) Necessary installation & commissioning included. 246. 559 High Voltage High Voltage Power Electronics Lab trainer kit Power Electronics Single Phase AC Power Supply : 230 V ± 10%, 50 Hz Lab trainer kit Center Tapped Transformer Supply: 115 V - 0 - 115 V 2 A Low Voltage AC Power Supply : 18 V - 0 -18 V, 15 V - 0 DC Power Supply :+35 V, - 35 V 250 Ma +15 V, - 15 V 250 mA +12 V, - 12 V 500 mA +5 V, - 5 V 500 mA Three Phase AC Power Supply : 230 V Phase voltage, 415 Line voltage 50 Hz Three Phase Low Voltage Power Supply : 18 V Each Phase ± 10%, 50Hz MCB (Power Switch) : Single Phase 10 A MCB (Power Switch) : Three Phase 10 A Interconnections : 2 mm Socket & 4 mm Socket Diode Assembly : Diode 6 A10 1000 V / 6A IGBT Assembly : IGBT G4BC20S 600 / 10A SCR Assembly : YN 616 600 V / 16A Single Phase Firing Circuit : Ramp Comparator Method (Firing Angle Control 0 - 180º) Cycloconverter Firing Circuit : (Firing Angle Control 0 -180º) Three Phase Firing Circuit : Ramp Comparator Method (Firing Angle Control 0 - 150º) PWM Circuit : Triangular Comparator Method Frequency Range 270 Hz to 5 KHz (approx.) PWM Variation 0 - 90 % & 0 - 50% Oscilloscope with Power Scope : 20 MHz Oscilloscope with 1500 V IsolatedAnalog AC Voltmeter : 0 - 500 V AC Voltage Measurement Analog AC Ammeter : 0 - 30 A AC Current Measurement Analog DC Voltmeter : 0 - 500 V DC Voltage Measurement Analog DC Ammeter : 0 - 30 A DC Current Measurement Load Assembly : Four Load Assembly

82 | P a g e 247. 564 Hub Ports–Network device connectors (8). Access method: CSMA/CD, 10 Mbps. Media supported: 100-ohm unshielded twisted-pair (UTP), •100- ohm shielded twisted-pair (STP), Indicator panel: LEDs:•PWR—Indicates whether power is being supplied to hub•OK—Indicates whether self-test is successful•1-8—Indicates port status: link, activity, partition, and disable•COL—Indicates network collisions•MGMT —(Micro Hub 1503 only) Indicates that hub is receiving SNMP data Configuration options: Direct connection to the CONSOLE port•Network connection via Telnet service•Network connection via optional SNMP management software Processor: 80C31 (Micro Hub 1502)386EX (Micro Hub 1503), Dimensions (H x W x D): 3.1 x 11.2 x 8.7 in. (7.85 x 28.4 x 22.1 cm)Height includes the stacking curves on top of the hub, Weight: 1.3 lb (0.6 , Power (external) : 13.5 VDC (+/- 5%), 2A, Standards conformance: IEEE 802.3 10BaseT, Hub Stack : Expansion- Up to five units, Expansion interface- Proprietary RJ-45

248. 575 IC Tester Tests a wide range of Digital IC's such as 74 Series, 40/45 Series of CMOS IC’s. - It can test Microprocessor 8085, 8086, Z80. - It tests Peripherals like 8255, 8279, 8253, 8259, 8251, 8155, 6264,62256,8288,8284. - It tests a wide range of Analog Ic’s such as ADC, DAC, Opamp, 555, Transistor Arrays, Analog Switches, Waveform Generator, Line Drivers, Voltages Regulators, PLL’s, VCO, PWM Generator, Sample & Hold, Voltages References, Opto couplers, Comparators, Voltages Followers and Others - It tests Seven segment display of common cathode & common anode type. -It has Auto search facility for Digital IC’s. Test by: Truth table/sequence table comparison. ZIF: Two Nos. of 40 pin DIP ZIF sockets for Digital & Analog IC’s. - Keys: Key pad with numerical & functional keys. Display: 16x2 Backlit LCD Display. Supply Input Voltage: 230V AC. 249. 583 Induction motor 3HP, 400V, 3-Ph, 50Hz, squirrel cage with multiple stator winding, (squirrel cage) connection terminals of stator are to be fitted in a bakelite board to facilitate outside connections for pole changing (2-pole and 4-pole). Necessary installation & commissioning included. 250. 574 IC 555 Trainer Multivibrators & Timmer circuits Kit 251. 584 Induction type * Earth Fault (IDMTL Electro- Mechanical Type , Model CDG-11 or E/F relay equivalent) Relay, * Auxiliary Relay, * Counter /Timer, * D.W. Transformer, * Variac, * Knife Switch, * DC power supply for DC auxiliary relay and the relay, * Portable Ammeter.Necessary panel for the complete set up with wooden (teak wood) table (4'x3'x2.5')

83 | P a g e 252. 586 Insulated Insulated GateBipolar Transistor GateBipolar Circuit worked supply : +35 V, +15 V Transistor trainer IGBT :G4BC20S, 600 V, 25 A kit 253. 587 Integrating, Technical Specification- Differentiating • On board function generator(Sine, Square & Triangle) and Clamping • Frequency-10Hz to 100KHz Circuit • Built in DC power supplies • Provided with Adder, Subtractor, Summer, Differentiator, Integrator, VI Converter, IV Converter, Inverting Summer, Inverting Scalar, Non Inverting Summer, • 28 Test Points Specifications : Instrument comprises of DC Regulated Power Supply 0-3 VDC/150mA, Two fixed Output DC Power Supplies connected in series of Diodes for Positive & Negative Clipping and clumping , Circuit diagram for Clipping & Clamping Printed, Components Placed inside & connections brought out at 4mm Sockets.

254. 588 Interactive Pen • Screen size : 15.6” display • Screen Resolution : 1366 X 768 (WXGA) • Dimension :420 X 283 X 49 mm (excluding stand) • Adjustable stand ( Incline from vertical): 190 to 720 • USB 2.0 hubs-1 ( One on each side of the display) • Windows OS compatibility – 7/vista/XsP/2000 • Battery free & cordless pen • Pen eraser, Pen Tether, Tablet Resolution 508 lpi • Make : Wacom (Model No.: DTU -1631) / equivalent

255. 589 Interfacing The interface modules should consist of all nessary module of components/equipments, power supply and all other input output a. 8255 terminals, compatible with 8085, 8086 µP and 8051µC b. A/D & D/A (8 Ch) c. Stepper motor d. Keyboard display 256. 592 IZOD IMPACT Maximum input energy (J) – 450, pendulum moment (Nm) 241.15, TEST distance from striking center to support center 750 mm, striker width 16 MACHINE mm; digital display (ELECTRONIC) 257. 593 IZOD IMPACT Maximum input energy (J) – 450, pendulum moment (Nm) 241.15, TEST distance from striking center to support center 750 mm, striker width 16 MACHINE mm. (MECHENICAL )

84 | P a g e 258. 597 Jone's Chopper TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS * Principle : Conversion of a Fixed DC to Variable DC Voltage. * Type of Chopper : Jones Chopper. * D.C. Source : 24V DC (Unregulated). * Trigger Circuit : 1. UJT Trigger Circuit with variable trigger frequency to trigger the Main SCR. 2. UJT Trigger Circuit with variable trigger frequency to trigger the Auxiliary SCR. * Commutation : Class “D” Type. * Output Voltage : 5V to 20V approximately (variable). * Output Frequency : 30V to 100Hz approximately. * Duty Cycle : 20 to 70% at 50Hz approximately. * Controls : 1] Mains ON / OFF. 2] Frequency Control. 3] ON Time Control. * Test Points : Multicoloured Test Points are provided at various stages in the circuit to observe the waveforms and voltages. * Indicator : Mains ON / OFF. On board frequency and duty cycle controls. • On board lamp holder. hyristors “TYN 612” & “2P4M” • 24 Volt / 30W Bulb,• Circuit diagram printed on front panel & t & test points brought out on front panel. • Power requirement: 230 VAC +10%, 50Hz Standard accessories:24 Volt / 30W Bulb,Power Chord, Patch Chords & Instruction Manual.

259. 598 Kelvin double Completely self contained, stand alone unit with built in power supply, bridge required meters, Standard Resistance, wooden bench, high sensitivity spot light type galvanometer, connecting patch chords and operating manuals.

260. 599 Keyboard Features of Keyboard display study card should have ---Microcomputer Interface I/O device, 64 contact key input device for such item an electonic cash demonstration Kit register dual 8, or single 16 alphanumeric display.Compatible with any with 8086 and 8085, 8086 microcontroller and 8051 microcomtroller. Selection of I/O 8051 addresses through jumper. Demo programs of all modes. 16 seven segment displays and 8 X 8 test key input matrix for keyboard with `8 ′ keys on it. SHIFT CNTL to experiment all keyboard modes. User links and lugs . To be supplied in a attractive cabinet.Capable of study basics of Intel’s 8279 chip using µProcessors / µControllers and using the card, helps students develop / design applications based on µP / µC

85 | P a g e 261. 1005 Kit for 3-phase, 415V , voltage operated demonstrating the operation of single phasing preventer by creating single phasing fault of a 3-ph induction motor with D.O.L. starter. : 262. 1008 Kit to study Model of various types of turbines ( Francis, Kaplan, Pelton, Pure various types of Reaction ) ( all comprises one set ). Size : 45cm. X 30cm. X 20cm. ( turbine used in approx.) each.All models to be covered by 6mm thick transparent acrylic Power station : sheet box. Separate coloured drawings ( 28” X 22” ) with Labeling of general Assembly & sectional views must have to be supplied along with the models. 263. 601 Kymograph kit special heavyduty stepper motor, timer with alarm, auto stop after one complete cycle, 15 x15 cylinder 264. 602 L.C Technical Specification- OSCILLATOR • Fixed DC supply of +5V/500mA TRAINER KIT • One LED indicator to indicate Power input. • On-board Circuits • Hartley Oscillator circuit. • Colpitt’s Oscillator circuit. • Blocking Oscillator circuit. • Clapp Oscillator circuit. • All interconnections are made using 2mm banana • Patch cords. • All ICS are mounted on IC Sockets. • Bare board Tested Glass Epoxy PCB is used. • Attractive injection molded Wooden enclosures of • Light weight Australian Pine Wood. • • Set of 2mm Patch cords for interconnections

86 | P a g e 265. 603 L.V.D.T. to Trainer Kit for LVDT: • LVDT Displacement measure non (Range): electrical Quantity 19.99mm(±10mm) • Operating frequency: Approximately 4Khz with output of 1V AC RMS nominal • Built-in power supplies • Micrometer calibrating jig included • Output Calibrated in terms of displacement on a 31/2 digit indicator with polarity indicator • This instrument is assembled in an ergonomically designed cabinet. • Separate output for connecting to X-Y recorder with 200mV DC FSD (±100mV) • Operating at 230VACsingle phase ±10% at 50Hz • Working temperature at 43 ±10°C

266. 608 Lamp for LCD 3000 Ansi Lumens Projector

87 | P a g e 267. 609 LAN ( Local Area Network ) Trainer FEATURES: with Hardware Topology protocol i) Star ii) Bus iii) Ring Simulation and • Nodes : 4 Nodes analysis software • Data Rate : 10/100 Mbps • Interconnection : RJ45 connection cable to connect hardware to computer LAN card Software :Topology selection I) Star ii) Bus iii) Ring Protocols selection i) Stop and Wait ii) Go back to n iii) Selective repeat iv) Sliding window v) Token Ring vi) Token Bus vii) CSMA / CD viii) CSMA / CA • Packet Size : 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384 • Inter packet delay : 1000,2000,3000, 4000,5000ms • Error generation : Bad packet, acknowledgment lost and auto error generation • Encryption and decryption of data Network details • Indication of computer name, IP address, Port number, status of network, MAC address and operating system on computer. Graphical representation • Graphic representation of Data on software screen with differentiation of packet to be transmitted, packet being transmitted, packet transmitted with acknowledgment, packet with acknowledgment lost error, packet with bad packet error and packet which is discarded or resend. Measurement and plotting • Error rate calculation, Throughput calculation Protocol analysis • Indication of packet serial number, file name, file size, file number, receiver name, workgroup, receiver IP address, current packet, total packets, packet length, delay, protocol, topology, receiver MAC address, port number, packet send time, acknowledgment receive time, inter packet delay, data rate (MBPS),number of resend packets, acknowledgment value

Network analysis • Indication of packet serial number, file name, file size, file number, receiver name, work group, receiver IP address, total packets, packet length, time out, protocol, topology, receiver MAC address, port number, file send start time, file sent completion time, transmission time, data rate (MBPS), error.

• Multimedia based interactive e-manual

SPECIFICATIONS: • 8x 10x100 Mbps RJ-45 N way ports • Complies with IEEE802.3 and IEEE802.3x standards • Supports MDI/MDI-x auto crossover • Up to 200 Mbps data transfer rates (full duplex) • Plug and play installation • Energy efficient EXPERIMENTS • Study of network topologies • Study of Ethernet LAN and Wireless LAN

88 | P a g e • Study of data encryption and decryption • Implementation and study of stop and wait protocol • Implementation and study of go back to n protocol • Implementation and study of selective repeat protocol • Study of token ring and token bus protocol • Study of sliding window protocol • Study of CSMA / CA protocol • Study of CSMA / CD protocol • Measure of throughput and the effect of bit errors on various protocols • Socket programming

268. 611 LCD display LCD interface board suitable for interfacing with 8086 and 8051 Interface demonstration kit with 8086 and 8051

89 | P a g e 269. 613 LCD TV Trainer Technical specification: 1. Display : 15”Diagonal Size ,Flat panel display / model TFT active matrix, Max Resolution : 1280 x 1024, Aspect ratio : 4:3, 2. Image : Image Brightness : 300 cd/m2, Image Contrast Ratio : 350:1, Image Max H-View Angle : 160, Image Max V-View Angle : 1603. Interface : Analog Video Input : RGB VGA (HD-15), Analog Video Input : S-Video, Composite Video Input : RCA Yellow, Audio Input : RCA- Left (White), Right (Red), Antenna RF Input : RF - SDTV/ PAL4. Application : Used as Monitor (PC), DTV, SDTV, AV Player, S- Video Player 5. Computer Monitor Driver : Windows 98, XP, 20006. Tuner Channels : 2 to 69, 7. On Screen display : Volume, Brightness, Contrast, Color, Channel, Tuning.8. Remote Control functions : On screen display of Volume, Brightness, Contrast, Channel, 9. Audio Amplifier : 3 W PMPO10. Faults : 5 No., 11. PCB Size : 15"x12” with Block diagram in multicolor section wise., 12. Power supply : 230V + 15% AC, 50 Hz, 60 watts., 13. Standard Accessories : 1. Trainer PCB with LCD display., 2. Different input Cables, 3. A Manual having 10 practical EXPERIMENTS:1. To Study Specifications of HDTV. 2. To Study the Block Diagram and working principle 3. To Study Input/output signals of different sections 4. To Study Complete circuit with different sections 5. To Study Remote Section 6. To understand/observe the function of external and Internal controls7. To measure Test Point Voltages for different sections 8. To observe Test Point Waveforms for different sections 9. To measure Video and Audio gain (sensitivity) with Pattern Generator10. To demonstrate and understand different types of faults 11. To study faults diagnosis method 12. To study ICs used in DTV 13. To study glossary of the Technical Words 14. To study complete schematic circuit Diagram

270. 614 LCR Q meter Measuring inductance (L), capacitance (C), resistance (R), quality factor (Q) and dissipation factor (D). With a basic accuracy of 0.25% and five digit display resolution. Measuring parameterInductance:LCapacitance:CResistance:RQuality Factor:QDissipation Factor:DMeasuring Frequency:100 Hz, 1 KHz and 10 KHz ±0.02%Test signal voltage level:0.3 Vrms ±10% (Open circuit)Test speed:5 meas/secTemperature:0°C ~ 40°CHumidity:[85% RHAC PowerLine Voltage:220 V ±10%, 50 Hz ±5%Power consumption:< 20 W

271. 616 Lead acid battery 12V, 24 Ahour Lead-acid battery with charger input 230V AC, output with charger 12V DC

90 | P a g e 272. 617 LED TV Trainer LED Television trainer is a training platform to learn the operation of Model LED Television receiver. It is demonstrator cum training system, should be designed for the comprehensive practical study on LED TV engineering for the beginners . One of the main features of this training system is fault simulation to educate on actual fault finding, by simulating faults on this platform. The complete block diagram of LED TV system is printed on the mimic. Finally this equipment allows us to do experiments and to observe waveforms/signals/voltages of different sections, which are guided thoroughly by theory and product tutorials to gain in-depth knowledge of the system. Features: 1. Superior quality 20-inch full HD LED Color Television/ PC Monitor, 2. Manual and Remote control operation, 3. PAL/ NTSC video formats, 4.Composite video input/ VGA input, 5.Complete block diagram of a LED TV system on-board, 6.The different circuit sections of LED TV are exposed on a PCB, 7. Easy identification of different parts and components of the system at a glance, 8.Easy measurement of voltages and observation of waveforms on test points, 9. Soldering free fault creation and troubleshooting, 10. Online Product Tutorial, 11. Year Warranty Experiments: following experiments can be carried out from this trainer model- a) Study the specifications of full HD LED Television b) Study the block diagram and operating principle of LED TV c) Study the functions of front panel controls/ keys of LED TV d) Study the functions of controls on Remote e) Study of circuit description and functions of different sections f) Study and observation of waveforms/signals of different sections g) Study and measurement of voltages of different sections h) Study of switch faults and troubleshooting in different sections Technical Specifications: Display Display Type : LED, HD Screen Size : 20 Inch (50cm) Display Resolution : 1600 X 900 pixels Contrast Ratio : Mega Contrast Ratio Display Color : 16.7 Million Display Colors Viewing Angle : 170 (H) X 170 (V) Refresh Rate : 50 Hz Video Interface : Video Input/ VGA input Audio Interface : RCA L & R Audio Output Power : 8W X 2 Receiving System : PAL BG/I/DK and NTSC Channel Coverage : VHF-2-12; UHF21-69; CATV (X~Z+2, S11S41) Antenna Impedance : 75 Ω Unbalanced Application : Color Television/ PC Monitor Connectivity USB : 1 X USB 2.0 (MPEG, JPEG, MP3) HDMI : Yes (1 X HDMI) Other Connectivity : RF In, AV In. Ypbpr In, VGA In, VGA Audio In, AV out Composite A/V : Yes Component Video : Yes Analog Audio : Yes Test Points : 55 nos Switched Faults : 50 nos Remote Battery : UM-4, “AAA” 1.5V (2 nos) Mains Supply : 110-260V AC ± 10%, 50/60Hz

91 | P a g e Power Consumption : 35W Weight : 11 Kg (approximately) Dimension : W430 X D252 X H82 Product Tutorial : Online (on www.ScientechLearning.com) Included Accessories : Remote, Mains cord, 34 Pin FRC cable, 15 Pin D type cable each 1 no.

273. 624 Level Table mounted set-up, Compact with capacitive transducer and level measurement by indicator (4 to 20 mA) with calibration facility, Level up down facility capacitive gage. should be there. Quotation must contain proper specification of individual instruments like Capacitive transducer, indicator, pump (to up or down level), tank etc

92 | P a g e 274. 625 Level It should be a table top model with gauges, sensing probes. Arrangement measurement by should be mounted vertically in the tank. Quotation must contain proper conductivity gage specification of individual instruments likeconductive gauge, indicator, pump etc. ( with proper diagram, dimension, commissioning, installation, demonstration and instruction manual)

275. 626 Level Measurement It should be a table top model with gauges, sensing probes, suitable for setup by both conductive and non-conductive media. Arrangement should be capacitive & mounted vertically in the tank. Quotation must contain proper conductivity specification of individual instruments like capacitive and conductive gauge transducer, pump, indicator etc ( with proper diagram, dimension, commissioning, installation, demonstration and instruction manual)

276. 632 Low Power factor Precision grade, portable analog meters in teakwood case, bakelite panel, Watt Meter leather belt and rubber shoes for horizontal use only with 6 inch long and clear rectangular window with excellent visibility, knife edge pointer and Anti parallax mirror. Accuracy Class ± 0.5% of full scale deflection Dynamometer type Wattmeters - 0.5 & 1 amps (dual range), 75 / 150 and 300 volts (triple range), 5 & 10 amps (dual range), 150 / 300 and 600 volts (triple range), Both having p.f: 0.2 & accuracy 1.5 %.

277. 633 LPG GAS High pressure Line, ½’’ Seamless pipe work, 3 cylinder connection, all CONNECTION joint welding work , high pressure regulator, Installation & Demo. Complete Work- 24 points along with powder form [ A,B,C Type- 5 kg Fire Extinguisher. 278. 634 LUX- METER SENSITIVITY – 1 - 50,000 Lux ERROR PERCENTAGE + 5%, 4 ½ DIGIT to 5 ½ DIGIT Detail operating manual also to be supplied

279. 635 LVDT Trainer LVDT TrainerMeasurement Range : 20 mm (±10 mm)Excitation Frequency : 4 KHz (approx.)Excitation Voltage : 4 VPP (approx.) Sensitivity : 10 mV DC/ mmLinear Range : Full ScaleSignal conditioner output : 0.1 V DC or Maximum Displacement Display : 3½ Digit LED with Polarity Indicator

280. 636 M.C.B. demo Demonstration board consisting of the following items: - Channel board mounted i) MCB: single pole-6A, 2-pole-16A, 3-pole, 3-pole&N, 16A, 230V (phase) each. ii) RCCB -3-ph, 415V,32A.

281. 642 Master slave J-K Built-in power supply DC +5 V @ 500 mA • Master slave JK flip flops flip-flop using using NAND gate • 4 Logic input switches with green LED display • 3 NAND gates with Logic output red LED display • On panel pulser • Required numbers of power supply patch cords, ICs and operating manual

93 | P a g e 282. 643 Matlab software MATLAB software with following toolbox: 1. Matlab: 5 users 2. Simulink: 5 users 3. Control System Design and Analysis – 2 user : a) Control system- Robust control 4. Signal Processing and communication 2 Users : a) Signal Processing (SG) b) DSP system (DS), c) Communication System (CM), d) RF system e) Phased array system (AR) 5. Test and Measurement 1 users : a) Data Acquisition (DA), b) Instrument Control (IC) 6. Physical Modelling 2 users : a) SIM Electronics (SN) , b) SIM Power system

283. 644 Maxwell's Bridge Maxwell's Bridge In built fixed DC regulated power supply of ±5V, ±12V & 55V/ 500mA. . Inbuilt sine wave oscillator, frequency 1KHz ±3%, amplitude 0-15Vpp. . In built 3½ digit digital null detector used as detector. . On Board two set of two decade dial x(100W & 1000W). . On Board four unknown inductance are mounted behind the front panel with connections are brought out on front panel. . Bakelite mounted on light weight shock proof plastic cabinet. . Circuit diagram of discrete component printed & all important connection are brought out on front panel . Power requirement : 220 VAC +10%, 50Hz . Dimensions (mm) : 430( L) x 230(B) x 75(H) Standard Accessories:Power Cord, Patch Cords & Instruction Manual

284. 645 Measurement of Measurement System : Transducers with electronic instrumentation temperature using Transducers : Thermocouple (K - type), Thermocouple (J - type), Thermocouple, Thermistor (NTC), RTD (PT 100), Semiconductor Sensor (LM 335) and RTD, Thermistor, Semiconductor Sensor (AD 590) AD950 Actual Heating Process : Aluminium Block Heater Heating Unit Range : Variable from ambient (room) temperature to 700C Amplifier Type : Instrumentation Amplifier Gain : Selectable (x1 ; x10 ; x100) Readout : 3.5 digit digital display to read mV Indicator : Mains ON / OFF Test Points : Multicoloured test points at various stages to connect / observe waveforms and voltages Power Requirements : 230V ± 10% AC, 50 Hz Standard Accessories : Detailed Instruction Manual, Set of Necessary Patch Cords for Interconnection and Glass Thermometer

94 | P a g e 285. 653 Microcontroller 8051 development kit with accessories and software Development kit 286. 656 Microprocessor (8085) Training * Based on 8085 CPU operating at 6.144 MHz crystal. Kit * 16K bytes of EPROM with powerful monitor program. * 8K byte of RAM available to the user. * Battery backup for user's RAM with 3.6V rechargeable cell * Total on board memory expansion upto 64K bytes using 2732/2764/27128/6264. * Memory mapping definable by the user. * 20x2 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). * 104/105KeysIBM PC Compatible ASCII Keyboard * 48 programmable I/O lines provided through 2 nos. of 8255. * 16 bit programmable timer/counter using 8253. * Additional serial port using 8251. * EPROM Programmer for 27 series with 28 pin ZIF. * Printer Inteface. * RS-232C interface for CRT using SID / SOD lines. * Interrupt Controller using 8259. * 8 Channel 8 bit ADC using 0809. * 1 Channel 8 bit D/A using DAC 0800. * 1 Relay output. * 1 Opto isolated input. * Two modes of Commands: Key board Mode & Serial Mode * All address, data and control lines are buffered and made available at the edge connector as per STD Bus configuration. * Powerful Software Commands like relocate, string, fill, insert, delete, block move, memory compare etc. * Onboard Single Line Assembler/Disassembler. * Facility for Downloading/Uploading files from/to PC. * In-built Power Supply. Necessary with interfacing & power supply * User's Manual.

95 | P a g e 287. 657 Microprocessor (8086) Trainer • 8086 Microprocessor Trainer Kit with LCD display,ADC, DAC & Kit EPROM programmer . • CPU operating at 2.5/5MHz, • EPROM loaded with monitor program • RAM available to the user with Battery Backup • 20×2 LCD Display with BACK LIGHT • IBM PC compatible ASCII Keyboard • 16 bit programmable TIMER/COUNTER • RS-232C & USB Interface • Real time clock • Facility for Downloading/Uploading files from/to PC • In-built Power supply • Interrupt Controller using 8259 • Onboard Programmer, ADC,DAC Relay • 8089 I/O processor & 8087 Numeric Data Processor Necessary with interfacing & power supply

288. 658 Microprocessor Microprocessor based Fully Automatic L, C, R & Q measurement Auto based Fully compute LCR - Q meter : Variables Measured:: L, C, R & Q; Automatic L, C, R Measurement Modes:: Series or parallel equivalent.;Measurement & Q measurement Frequency:: User selectable 100Hz or 1KHz;Display : 4 digit, 7 segment Auto compute 12.5 mm high, bright LED;Connection to Component Under Test : 4 LCR - Q meter terminal integral test jig; Measurement Ranges::Inductance : 0.1µH to 9999H.; Capacitance : 0.1pF to 9999µF.; Resistance : 0.001 ohm to 100M ohm.; Quality Factor: 0.1 to 99.; Disipation Factor: 0.1 to 99;Input Protection : The input is protected against connection of capacitors of upto 10mF charged to not more than 50V.; Fuse : 250mA.; Operating Temp.Range: O to 40OC;Power :230V AC ±10%, 47-53Hz., Optional 115V AC ±10%,, 57-63Hz;Accessories Remote Probe - 1 No.; Mains Cord - 1 No.

289. 659 Microprocessor Voltage ;600V Current : 2/20/200/1000A Active Power (KW) Based Power and :1.2/12/120/600 Apparent Power(KVA):1.2/12/120/600 Reactive Energy Analyser. Power(KVAR):1.2/12/120/600 Power Factor: 0-1 Frequency:200Hz 290. 662 Microwave Test Features: Bench [ Gunn * Inside outside precious metal plated test bench Based ] * Tested on HP network analyser * Microwave Power meter with X band source * Simultaneous different experiments. * X band spectrum analyser * PC and audio communications Specification: 1. Micrometer tunable Gunn Oscillator: Frequency range X band: (8.5- 11.5 GHz), Power output: 10 mW, Calibration chart steps of 100 Mhz , 2. PIN Diode Modulator: S12 off 10dB, S12 on 2dB, 3. Isolator: S12 20dB, S21 1dB, 4. Calibrated Frequency Meter: Accuracy 1% , 5. Calibrated Variable Attenuator : S12: 1 to 20dB variable, 6. Fixed Attenuator : S12 6dB, 7. Slotted Line with Matched Probe: Resolution 0.1mm, 8. Matched

96 | P a g e Detector Mount: Sensitivity -10dBm at 10 Ghz / 100mV dc , 9. Fixed Short 10. Rectangular Waveguide, 11. Matched Termination - 2nos: S11 >25dB, 12. S.S. Tuner with Micrometer : Resolution X Y0.1mm , 13 . Solid dielectric Cell, 14. Liquid Dielectric Cell , 15. Phase Shifter, 16. E plane Tee , 17. H Plane Tee, 18. Magic tee, 19. M.H.D. Coupler : Coupling 10dB, Directivity 30dB, 20. Circulator: S12 20dB, S21 1dB, 21. Waveguide: Stand - 5 nos 22. Manual Antenna rotator, 23. Horn Antenna, 24. Reflector Panel, 25. Waveguide coax adapter, 26. X band Coaxial cable 27. Movable Short, 28. Digital Gunn Power Supply: Voltage: 2-10 V/500mA, PIN Mod: 900-1100Hz/0-10V, RS 232 port: PC comm., MIC input: Audio comm. , 29. SWR Meter square Law: Frequency: 1KHz, Bandwidth:100Hz, Sensitivity: 10uV, Rs232 port: PC interface, Demod. Out: For audio communication; builtin Speaker. 30. X band Spectrum Analyser Down Converter module - Spectrum Analyser: Features: * X Band measurement range, * Low cost with high performance, * Shows Gunn, Klystrons, Magnetrons, DRO’s etc., AM and FM modulation, * Relative power & VSWR measurement, * Observe Spurious outputs of Gunn, Klystron, * Observe leakage in waveguide Flanges, * Gain, coupling, loss measurement. 31. X band Microwave Power Meter with X band source, Microwave Power Meter , Features: POWER METER: Frequency range : 8.2GHz to 12.4 Ghz, Display : 16X2 Backlit LCD, Power : +20dBm to -30dBm, Measurement : dBm, dBr, mW, dBW, dBuW,With Digital Display, Resolution : 0.1, 0.5 and 1dB, Offset : For relative measurement, Level Indicator : Digital display and Bar Graph, Power : 100-240VAC, 47-63 Hz, Power Sensor: Frequency Range : 8.2GHz to 12.4 GHz, Power range : +20dBm to -30dBm, Compensation : Temperature compensated thermistor, Cable : Sensor/meter cable 3m, Microwave Source: Frequency : 10.3 Ghz typical, Power level : 1mW typical Standard Accessories with Complete Bench: Wall Chart, Live demonstration Contents, Silver, Polish, Cooling Fan, BNC Cables, Sufficient Screws with fly nut type, Mains card, BNC to BNC , Cable, e- Manual, interactive e – manual and interactive, teaching & simulation software.

97 | P a g e 291. 663 MICROWAVE Consists the following Components: TEST BENCH [ 1. Solid state Klystron power supply, 2. Klystron Mount, 3. Klystron tube Klystron Based ] 2K25, 4. Isolator, 5. Frequency meter (direct read out, digital display), 6. Variable attenuator, 7. Slotted section , 8. Tunable probe , 9. Detector mount , 10. Movable short, 11. Matched terminator , 12. VSWR meter with LCD display, 13. Wave guide stand , 14. S.S. tuner, 15. Cooling Fan Specification of Klystron Power Supply: • Input Voltage : 230V AC :+/- 10%, 50Hz • Beam Supply : Beam Voltage 240 – 420VDC Variable ,Current: 50mA, • Regulation : 0.5% for 10% I/P Variation, Ripple : <5mV RMS • Repeller Supply : 10 – 270VDC Variable,Regulation : 0.25% for 10% I/P Variation • Filament Supply : 6.3VDC • Modulation : AM( Square Wave) , FM ( Saw- Tooth) • Frequency Range: 500 –2500 Hz (AM), 150 –300 (FM) • Amplitude : 0- 110V (AM), 0- 65V (FM) • External Modulation: Through external Modulating Signal • Display: 3½ digit Digital Display For a) Beam Voltage b) Beam Current c) Repeller Voltage6 • Connector: a. Din Sockets, b. BNC for External Modulation • Voice Communication: Using microphone. Specification of VSWR Meter: • Display: 16x2 Character microcontroller based with BAR Graph LCD Display For SWR, Power & mode selection • Sensitivity: 0.1µV for 200 Ω impedance • Noise Level : Less than 0.02 mV • Range : 0 - 60 dB in 10 dB steps • Input : Un-biased low and high impedance biased crystal (200 Ω and 200 KΩ) • Display Select : SWR 1 – 9, dB 0 - 10 • Modes : Normal, Audio,PC-Interface • Gain Control : Adjusts the reference level, variable range 0 -10 dB (approx) • Input Connector : BNC (F) Standard Accessories with Complete Bench: Wall Chart, Live demonstration Contents, Silver, Polish, Cooling Fan, BNC Cables, Sufficient Screws with fly nut type, Mains card, BNC to BNC , Cable, Microphone for voice, communication, e-Manual, interactive e – manual and interactive, teaching & simulation software. 292. 666 Mini Process Mini Process control Demonstrator control Vessel Capacity : 2 Litres Demonstrator Temperature Measurement : RTD (-99 to 850°C) Temperature Range : from room temperature to 100°C Control Valve : Manually Operated Stirrer : 0 or 5 V DC Level Sensor : 0 or 5 V DC Indicators : Level Indicators PID Controller : Hardware based & Computer based ON/OFF Controller : Hardware based & Computer based Computer Interface : USB

98 | P a g e 293. 668 Mobile Phone Specifications : Trainer Cellular System : EGSM/GSM 900 Rx Frequency Band : EGSM 925, 960MHz: GSM 900, 935, 960MHz Tx Frequency Band : EGSM 880, 890MHz: GSM 900, 890, 915MHz Output Power : +5V, +33dBm/32mW, 2W Channel Spacing : 200 KHz Antenna : Loop type, 50W Display : 84 x 48 pixels On Board sections : Antenna, Keypad, SIM, Charging Circuit, Clock, User interface such as Buzzer, Vibrator, LEDs. No. of test points : 54 No. of switched fault : 20 Features that can be set : Screen savers, Ring tones, Logos, SMS etc. Accessories included : Battery, Mains cord, Manual, Hands Free Kit Power Requirement : 220V ± 10% 50 Hz Power consumption : 3.6 Watts (Approx) Fuse : 1.5 amps

294. 669 MOCB, VCB, Cut section models of MOCB, VCB, OBCB, SF6 Breaker ( four nos OBCB, SF6 comprises one set ) : Size : 30cm. X 15cm. X 15cm. each. All model to be models covered by 6mm thick transparent acrylic sheet box. Separate coloured drawings( 28” X 22” ) with Labelling of general Assembly & sectional views must have to be supplied along with the models. 295. 671 Model comprising Model for display of an outdoor substation comprising of Isolator, Circuit of Isolator, Circuit Breaker, Transformer, Lighting arrestor(Horn gap), CT & PT Breaker, Transformer, Lighting arrestor(Horn gap), CT & PT 296. 673 Model of current Models of different current collectors ( wheel collector, bar collector and collector pantograph collector ) used for drawing Current from O.H. traction system. : Size 40cm. X 20cm. X 22.5 cm. ( approx.) each. Above models to be covered by 6mm thick transparent acrylic sheet box. Separate coloured drawings( 28” X 22” ) with Labeling of general Assembly & sectional views must have tobe supplied Along with the models. 297. 674 Model of current Model of current collector used for collection of current from third rail collector used for used in metro railway. Size 40cm. X 20cm. X 22.5 cm. ( approx.). Above collection of model to be covered by 6mm thick transparent acrylic sheet box. Separate current from third coloured drawings ( 28” X 22” ) with Labeling of general Assembly & rail used in metro sectional views must have to be supplied Along with the models. railway. 298. 681 Model to study A complete set of for different types of cables (PILC, PVC, FRLS & PLIC,PVC & XLPE) using HV (6.6kV) & LV (415V) system to be encapsulated in a 4 XLPE Cable mm glass envelope. display board 299. 692 Monochrome Monocrome Laser Printer: Colour Laser Printer: Print speed 25+ pages per minute, print resolution - 1200dpi x 1200 dpi; Colour number of paper trays - 2 ; duplex printing - automatic; paper sizes - legal, letter, A4, connectivity - USB 2.0 and 10/ 100 Mbps ethernet, memory standard - 32 MB, memory maximum - 288MB, processor speed - 400MHz, warranty and support - 3 years on site comprehensive warranty including parts and labour along with on site technical support with 24 x 7.

99 | P a g e 300. 693 Monocrome Laser Monocrome Laser Printer: B/W Printer: B/W Print speed 25+ pages per minute, print resolution - 1200dpi x 1200 dpi; number of paper trays - 2 ; duplex printing - automatic; paper sizes - legal, letter, A4, connectivity - USB 2.0 and 10/ 100 Mbps ethernet, memory standard - 32 MB, memory maximum - 288MB, processor speed - 400MHz, warranty and support - 3 years on site comprehensive warranty including parts and labour along with on site technical support with 24 x 7. 301. 694 Motor Winding Motor Winding Trainer Trainer AC 3 Phase induction motor winding trainer consisting of a selfstarting 3-phase induction motor: 1HP, 3-Ph, 415V, 50Hz, 3000 RPM; all terminals to be brought in a Bakelite board, with features for changing the number of poles 4-pole and 2-pole so as to operate at other speed by pole-changing method. D.O.L starter and Large number of patch chords for inter-connections are to be provided.

302. 698 MULTIVIBRAT Technical Specification- OR BY USING • Astable and MonostableMultivibrator using IC555 IC 555 • DC Bias Voltage : +5 V • Frequency of Trigger Pulse Generator : 1 KHz • Frequency range ofAstable Multivibrator : 600 Hz to 3.2 KHz • Frequency range ofBistable Multivibrator : 350 Hz to 1 KHz • Various test point

303. 699 Multifunction This should have following features, Calibrator a) Capable for calibration of pressure, temperature, electrical and frequency signal b) External pressure module c) RTD measurement/ simulation d) Resistance measurement/ simulation e) TC measurement/ simulation f) Current, voltage, frequency and pulse count measurement/ generation g) Field compatible, IP 65 rated dust and waterproof casing h) HART Communication i) Communication with software j) Multichannel data logging k) Foundation Fieldbus H1 or Profibus communication l) mV measurement (± 250 mV), V measurement (± 30 V), mA measurement (± 100 mA), Hz measurement (0.0028 to 50000 Hz) ,Pulse counting (0 to 9 999 999 pulses), mA sink (0 to 25 mA) Make: Beamax or equivalent

100 | P a g e 304. 701 Multimeter : Specification: Digital • Hand held • Display: 4-½ Digits 19999 Counts Backlit LCD • DC Voltage: 0 – 200mV/2V/20V/200V/1000V • AC Voltage: 0 – 2V/20V/200V/750V • DC Current: 0 – 200uA/2mA/200mA/20A • AC Current: 0 - 20mA/200mA/20A • Resistance: 0 - 200 Ω/2K Ω/20K Ω/200K Ω/2M Ω/200M Ω • Capacitance: 0 - 20nF/2uF/200uF • Frequency: 0 – 20kHz/200kHz • Temperature: -40°C ~ +1000°C • Diode Test and Audible Continuity Test •

305. 702 Multimeter/calibr Specification: ator • Dual display with bright LCD backlight • Simultaneous signal source and measure for all-in-one-tool convenience Source bipolar voltage and current, square-wave signal, with auto SCAN and RAMP output modes • Source: Voltage & Current (bipolar 15 V, 25 mA) • Measure: DC, AC, AC+DC (250 V ,500mA), Resistance ( 500 Ω to 50 MΩ), temperature, frequency, pulse width, duty cycle; check diode and continuity • 4-20 mA and 0-20 mA percentage scale readout • 50,000 count true-RMS DMM • Built-in battery charging capability 306. 705 MUSICAL Specification of Synthesizer Multi Timbral :2 (max, Split/Dual Mode) INSTRUMENTS: Voices :4 voices Sound Source :2 Oscillator + Noise Generator, Multi Synthesiser, Mode Filter(-24dB/octLPF,-12dB/oct LPF/BPF/HPF) EG×2 LFO×2 Drums, Cargo, Virtual Patch×4 Vocoder Program Voices :4 voices Sound Source Percussion, :-1 Oscillator +Noise Generator, EG×1, LFO×2 ,8 Channels vocoder, Electronic Guitar, Level and pan of each channel can be edited, Formant Shift function, Violin, Programs;128 programsEffects;Modulation effects (3 types), Delay (3 Harmonium, types), EqualizerArpeggiator:6 typesControllers:Real-Time control knob Flute, Tabla Set. X 4 (3 level Selection), Arpeggio ON/OFF Keyboards:37 Keys (mini- keyboard, keyboard has velocity)Inputs:AUDIO IN 1,2, Level switch LINE/MIC, [AUDIO IN 1, 2 (LINE) ], [AUDIO IN 2 (MIC)]Outputs:L/MONO, R, HeadphonesMIDI:IN, OUT, THRUDisplay:-3 characters×1 line with 8 segment LEDPower Supply:- DC 9 V (AC adapter), or six AA alkaline batteries (sold separately)Power Consumption:-6.4 W (MAX)Dimensions:-(W) x (D) x (H)524 x 232 x 70mm/20.63" x 9.13" x 2.76"Weight:-2.2 kg/4.85 lbs. (without batteries and included microphone)Accessories:-AC adapter (DC 9 V, 600 mA)Condenser Microphone Specifications for Drum:-• 5-pc JUNIOR 16 drum set with hardware• 16" x 10" bass drum (4 lugs) • 10" x 7" tom (4 lugs) • 8" x 5" tom (4 lugs) • 12" x 10" floortom (4 lugs) • 12" x 5" wooden snare drum (4 lugs) • Central tom holder • Bass drum pedal • 10" crash cymbal w/ holder • 8" Hihat w/ stand • Includes pair of drumsticks, drum throne & tuning key• Colour: Black & Red Specifications for Tabla Set:-Highly Professional Quality model Tabla set--- Made of Heavy Sheesham Wood, Handmade High Quality Skins fitted. Bayan Shell Handmade out of heavy sheet of copper weighing nearly 5.1/2 kgs in weight.(Without Lead). Bayan Size: 9.1/2 inches.Bayan: Specially

101 | P a g e Handmade Bayan made out of thick Copper Sheet with hammered surface. Skins: Handmade Skins on both Tabla & Bayan with close knit Gajra and high quality selected skin for high ans and well balanced bayan sound.Weighs: Nearly 5.1/2 Kgs without Lead.The Bayan can also be individually purchased. The skins are now specially made for this bayan that produce soft as well as heavy tone without bouncing back the hand while playing Specification for Scale Changer Harmonium:- Specifications:* 3-3/4 Octaves, 6 stops, 4 set of reeds, Celeste, Organ & Orchestral tune (Bass, Joori, Joori and higher) 7 fold bellows with both octave coupler and scale change arrangements.* 3 octaves scale key board, 5 standing notes, with strongly built case and extra sound board. Electronic Gitar specification:-Item Weight 5 KgProduct Dimensions 106.7 x 52.6 x 12.4 cmItem model number PACIFICA012-Dark Blue MetallicBody Material Agathis or NatoColour Dark Blue MetallicFretboard Material RosewoodGuitar Pickup Configuration Single Coil x 2, Humbucker x 1Scale Length 648 millimetersNeck Material Type MapleGuitar Bridge System Vintage Style TremoloGuitar Pickup Configuration Single Coil x 2, Humbucker x 1 307. 706 Nerve Muscle No. of channels:4,8 electrodes;Waveform:Sy- Stimulator mmetrical bi-phasic square;Modes:Continuo- us,Fast/Slow/Ramp Burst,Wide/Narrow low frequency,Auto all

308. 707 Network Theorem Study and verification of Norton's theorem—Study and verification of Trainer-I: i) Thevenin's Theorem—Study and verification of Maximum Power Norton's Theorem Transfer Theorem—Study and verification of Superposition theorem— ii) Superposition Study and verification of Reciprocity theorem—Study and verification of theorem iii) Tellegen's Theorem Technical Specifications Reciprocity Mains power supply: 90 -270V ±10%, 50Hz Therorem DC power supply : +5V, Regulated +12V, Regulated Constant Current Source :3.2mA Voltmeter Range : 200mV to 20V Ammeter Range :200 µA to 200mA Exclusive and compact design}In-built power supply}Constant current source}On board Voltmeter & Ammeter }Straight forward representation of all theorems}On board equivalent circuits}Potentiometer is provided to vary load resistance

309. 708 Network Theorem Voltmeter : 200 mV - 200 V Trainer-I: i) Ammeter : 2 mA - 200 mA Thevenin's DC Power supply : +12 V, +5 V Theorem ii) Mains Supply : 90 V - 275 V, 50 Maximum Power Scope of Learning Transfer Theorem Study and verification of the Thevenin's Theorem iii) Tellengen's Study and verification of the Maximum Power Transfer Theorem Therorem Study and verification of the Tellegen's Theorem

310. 712 O/C , O/V Phase 3-phase adjustable Current and Voltage injection set with Phase shift set & phase arrangement, suitable for testing distance Relay, Over current Relay, failure relay 100 over/under Voltage Relay, (including directional element,), Time interval A with timer relay Meter, etc. testing kit

102 | P a g e 311. 717 Online UPS Open type Uninterrupted power supply unit, suitable for demonstration as Demonstration on-line & off-line mode and testing of the internal circuit blocks (marked Kit : properly) preferably in a acrylic sheet cover with loading Rheostst (500 Ω, 1 Amp). Specification: Input: 230V AC± 10%. Output: 230VAC ± 2%, 50Hz ± 1%, 500VA, Total harmonic Distortation allowed is 5%, with necessary Ammeters & Voltmeters (Digital Panel Type), suitable Sheet Metal or Wooden (with cover) cabinet / enclosure must be provided for the unit.

312. 718 OPAMP Technical Specification- DESIGNER KIT Covers Op-Amp (741) and its various applications • Allows study of timer using 555 IC • Study of F/ V, V/ F using LM331 • On-board Resistor, Capacitor, Diode and • Potentiomete r banks of different values • Bread board area allows construction of circuits using • external components along with on-board resources • On-board ±15V, ±12 and +5V fixed DC power supply • and DC 1.5 to 10V, -1.5 to -10V variable power supply • On-board IC 741 Op-Amp stage • On-board 555IC stage • On-board LM331IC stage • On-board 16pin ZIF socket • On-board Resistor bank • On-board Capacitor bank • On-board Potentiometers • On-board Diodes • On-board Zener diodes • On-board NPN Transistor • On-board N-channel MOSFET • On-board LED • On-board Breadboard

313. 726 Pacemaker Packed bed Column Material : Borosil Glass; Dia :50 mm approx. Length Simulator : 500mm Packing Rasching rings : Glass 8-10mm approx. Water Tank material :S.S304, 16 swg,capacity 50ltrs. Pump : FHP compatible, Tulu brand Pressure drop measurement : an differential manometer made of glass. Stand structure : M.S. rigid structure to hold the column, pump, tank, rotameter etc.

103 | P a g e 314. 727 PAM PPM PWM Technical SpecificationMessage Signal 1 : Frequency 500 Hz: Amplitude Modulation and 0 to 5VMessage Signal 2 : Frequency 1 KHz: Amplitude 0 to 5VMessage Demodulation Signal 3 : Frequency 2 KHz: Amplitude 0 to 5VCarrier Signal (Square) : Trainer Frequency 8KHz, 16KHz, 32KHz,64KHz: Amplitude 5VCarrier Signal (Triangle) : Frequency 8KHz, 16KHz, 32KHz,64KHz: Amplitude 2VModulator Type (PAM) : 74 HC 4053 Based (Switching)Modulator Type (PPM) : IC 555 Based (Timer)Modulator Type (PWM) : LM 311 Based (Comparator)Demodulator : 4th Order LPFAmplifier : Op-Amp BasedSupply Voltage (Board) : +12V, +5V / DCSupply current : 100 mA (Minimum)Input Voltage : 230 V/ 50 Hz ACInterface connectors : 2mm socket

315. 728 Parallel operation Transformer(2 numbers): 1 KVA, 230/115V, Panel with Voltmeter (0- of two single 300V/150V), Ammeter: 0-10A, Variable Resistive load 115V,10A, phase single phase. Necessary installation & commissioning included. transformers 316. 729 Parts of C type Cut sectional display of different parts of following C type Bourdon Tube Bourdon Tube pressure gauge mounted on Wooden Board covered with glass (wall pressure gauge for mounting type) the study of Bourdon Tube Pressure Gauge different parts of Type 111.10, Black Plastic or Painted Steel Case, it. Standard Series - Lower Mount, Bourdon Tube Material: copper alloy, < 870 psi (60 bar): C-shape, 2½” or 4” ( 63 or 100 mm) Accuracy class :+ 3/2/3% of span (ASME B40.100 Grade B) Ranges : Pressure from 15 psi (1 bar) to 6,000 psi (400 bar) or other equivalent units of pressure

C Type Bourdon Tube, Bottom entry, Local Mounting, 250 mm Dial, ss316 case, ½” NPT, female, Dual Scale, Kg/cm2 & PSI, Range at about 20 Kg/cm2 ,

317. 730 Passive Filter Technical Specification- Trainer • Output Waveform – Sine & Square • Frequency and Amplitude Adjustment is provided • using Potentiometers • One LED indicator to indicate Power input. • On-board Circuits • Inductor Bank • Resistor/Capacitor Bank • Capacitor Bank • Noise Filter • Fixed DC Power Supply: + 12V • All interconnections are made using 2mm banana Patch cords. • Bare board Tested Glass Epoxy PCB is used.

104 | P a g e 318. 732 Patient Monitor Table top, Parameter:NIBP,Spo2,ECG,PR, Temperature,Plethysmograph, Respiration rate,etc. Display:Minimum 8'' colour TFT display

319. 733 Pattern Generator Technical Specifications Test signal : 1) Vertical bar pattern 2) Horizontal - Colour VHF bar pattern 3)Circle Pattern 4) 100% White Pattern 5) Decoder Video carrier l Lower VHF band I: 41-68 MHz l Upper VHF band III: 174-230 MHz RF output > 100 mV p-p (75 Ohm impedance) All patterns are available modulated on IF carrier. The 38.9MHz is Xtal derived. This is extremely useful for color adjustments. Sound : 5.5 MHz carrier with 1 KHz modulation. Chroma Section :System PAL 4.433619 MHz Xtal derived Color Burst : 10 cycles ± 2cycle Power supply : 220 V ±10%,50 Hz /60 Hz on request Power consumption : 5.9 VA (approx.) Accessories : Operating Manual and Cable 320. 734 PC Based Optical PC based Optical Fibr LAN trainer with necessary software package Fiber LAN Trainer Package 321. 736 PCB Fabrication BASIC PCB LABPCB Lab allows you to produce custom prototype and Design Kit quality circuit boards in a fewhours with inexpensive equipment. Short development cycles have previously beenrestricted to the domain of software projects. Hardware designers can now benefitfrom improved, if still somewhat slow, cycle times.Falcon’s Basic PCB Lab covers all the standard processes for manufacturing of PCB.Necessary Item required for each process are provided as a standard set. Anexhaustive user manual is provided along with this lab with easy to understand stepsto make PCB without any error.SPECIFICATIONSLAMINATES: • High sensitive photo resist coated ,• Short exposing time: 60~90Second, • Color varried after exposurePCB Thickness : 1.6mmCopper Thickness : 3.5mmTrack Thickness : 0.4mmPCB Type and Size : GS and PS - 7.5X12.5CM 10 each, GS and PS - 10X15CM 10each, GS and PS - 15X25CM 05.PCB Artwork Paper:• Transparent papers:100 / 250, • Size : A4UV Exposure Box: • Supply voltage : 240V, 50Hz, • Power (Max) : 200W, • UVsource : 6x15W Fluorescent Lamp, • Mask area : 22x37CMDeveloper:• Chemical : DP-50, • Weight : 50gm, • Quantity : 10nos., • Chemical :EB-750, • Weight / Pack : 190gm ± 10gm, • Quantity : 15 PackEtching: • Etching : ET-20, • Tank capacity : 2 Liters, • Dimension :360X280X40MMHeater EPH-20: • Temperature adjustment : 350C to 550C, • Waterproof doubleinsulation, Power lamp indicates ON/OFF cycle, • Heating elements with improvedinsulation, • Heater rating : 300W / 230V ACAir Pump: • Voltage : 230V / 50Hz, • Power : 3W, Thermometer : Up to 1100CEtchant: • Chemical : EB-750, • Weight / Pack : 190gm±10gm, • Quantity 15 PackPCB Drilling Machine: • Drilling machine : 0 – 3mm, Spindle speeds ( in R.P.M),Lower speed stage (Stepless): 200 - 4000, • High speed stage (Stepless) : 1000 -20000.

105 | P a g e 322. 740 Phase angle Trainer kit with back to back SCR configuration. With suitable Voltmeter controller & Ammeter [panel type- 96sq. mm], 110 V, 5A with DW isolating transformer, pot for firing angle control, test points for measuring output voltage, triggering pulse, synchronizing voltage. suitable R & R-L load 5A. Necessary installation & commissioning included. 323. 742 Photo-conductive Total set of lamp, detector, Voltmeter, Ammeter & bench with scale Cell Trainer kit 324. 743 Photocopier Desktop, A3, 297 x 432mm, Cassette: A5 - A3, Stack Bypass: A5R - A3, Envelopes, Copying: 600dpi x 600dpi, 1200dpi, (PCL, UFRII LT), 1200dpi x 1200dpi, (UFRII LT), 256 Gradations, A4: 18cpm (iR2018/i), 22cpm, (iR2022/i), 25cpm (iR2025/i), 20cpm 325. 744 PIC Communication : USB Port MCU : PIC16F877A Crystal frequency : 4 Microcontroller MHz Size of Breadboard : 175 x 67 x 8 mm On board DC supply : +/- Development 12V and +/-5 V Test points : 39 Nos. Interconnections : 2 mm patch cords Platform and FRC cables Programmer unit : Ready to run programmer will program PIC Devices Power supply : 230V 10%, 50 Hz Power consumption : 1VA (approx.) Dimensions (mm) : W 420 x H 260 x D 55 Weight : 1 Kg approx. PIC16F877A MCU clocked at 4 MHz Expansion connectors for plug in modules and prototyping area On board programmer USB interface to PC for programming, Every pin is marked in order to make work easier, Master Reset/Restart Key for hardware reset ,Input/Output & test points provided on board On board breadboard for connecting external components, Self contained development platform with On board DC power supply, CD with sample project code, Programmer software & useful documents Learning Material CD. 2 year warranty on site 326. 745 PID Controller PID Controller Kit(Microprocessor based) Kit(Microprocess Proportional Band : 5% to 55%. or based) Integrator : 10 msec to 110 msec Derivative : 1 msec to 11 msec ON/OFF controller : ON = 12 V, OFF = -12 V On board Generator : Square wave & triangular wave Generator of 0 -156 Hz, Two Variable DC +6 V,+10 V

327. 746 Piezoelectric with digital meters and other accessories Transducer Trainer kit 328. 754 PLASMA TV Feature: Trainer model 1. The main circuit board is soldered on single PCB. 2. The students can visually observe the electronic circuits and mechanical parts easily. 3. The block diagram is printed on single PCB. 4. Fault creation facilities are provided by switches. 5. About more than 5 faults can be demonstrated on this trainer. 6. Section wise different colored screen printed circuit on the PCB for easy understanding of functions of different Sections. 7. Typical ICs are provided on sockets. 8. Explanation, Observation, Alignment and adjustment of internal and External controls is possible at a glance due to single PCB. 9. Easy identification of different parts of PTV at a glance. 10. Easy measurement of Voltages and observation of waveforms at any point. Also typical voltages and waveforms

106 | P a g e are provided. 11. A manual having 10 practical is provided with this trainer. 12. The whole circuit of PTV is explained section wise in detail in the manual Specification: 1. Display : 26”Diagonal Size ,Flat panel display / TFT active matrix, Max Resolution : 1280 x 1024, Aspect ratio : 4:3 2. Image : Image Brightness : 300 cd/m2, Image Contrast Ratio : 350:1, Image Max H-View Angle : 160, Image Max V-View Angle : 160 3. Interface : Analog Video Input : RGB VGA (HD-15), Analog Video Input : S-Video, Composite Video Input : RCA Yellow, Audio Input : RCA- Left (White), Right (Red), Antenna RF Input : RF - SDTV/ PAL. 4. Computer Monitor Driver : Windows 98, XP, 2000 , 5. Tuner Channels : 2 to 69, 6. On Screen display : Volume, Brightness, Contrast, Color, Channel, Tuning., 7. Remote Control functions : On screen display of Volume, Brightness, Contrast, Channel 8. Audio Amplifier : 3 W PMPO, 9. Faults : 5 No., 10. PCB Size : 24"x20" with Block diagram in multicolor section wise. 11. Power supply : 230V + 15% AC, 50 Hz, 60 watts., 12. Standard Accessories : 1. Trainer PCB with LCD display., 2. Different input Cables, 3. A Manual having 10 practical EXPERIMENTS 1. To Study Specifications of PTV. 2. To Study the Block Diagram and working principle 3. To Study Input/output signals of different sections 4. To Study Complete circuit with different sections 5. To Study Remote Section 6. To understand/observe the function of external and Internal controls 7. To measure Test Point Voltages for different sections 8. To observe Test Point Waveforms for different sections 9. To measure Video and Audio gain (sensitivity) with Pattern Generator 10. To demonstrate and understand different types of faults 11. To study faults diagnosis method 12. To study ICs used in PTV 13. To study glossary of the Technical Words 14. To study complete schematic circuit Diagram 329. 757 PLC Trainer PLC Trainer At least 8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs. At least 4 analog inputs and 1 one analog output. With 4-20 mA transmitter and receiver, annunciator, alarm, interface card, Windows based software for ladder programming and HMI, Experiment material . Quotation must contain proper specification of necessary instruments.

330. 761 Pneumatic to • 4 to 20 mA dc output, Current • direct action, Converter • 3 to 15 psi or any industry standard input, • Threaded cover - explosionproof (must be used in all explosionproof applications) • Other necessary accessories. Make: Foxboro/ Equivalent

107 | P a g e 331. 769 Portable(Analog) Portable(Analog) Ammeter with Moving Iron Type AC (0-15-30 Amps) Ammeter with Moving Iron Type AC (0-15-30 Amps) 332. 772 Power Amplifier, Power Amplifier: One speaker & Mic Power Output:300W Max., 250W RMS at 10% THD ,220W RMS at 5% with accessories THD, 200W RMS at 2% THD, Output Regulation : 2 dB, no load to full of PA systems load at 1kHz, Signal to Noise Ratio :60dB , Tone Controls :Bass: ±10dB at 100Hz, Treble: ±10dB at 10kHz, Outputs :Preamp 200mV/600, Line 1V/1k Ohm, Speaker Outputs : 4, 8, 70V & 100V, Power Supply : AC: 220-240V 50/60Hz DC: 24V (2×12V Car Battery) , Power Consumption: AC: 460VA DC: 6A, Dimensions: W450 × H160 × D340 mm, Weight :16.0kg Column Speaker : 02 Rated Input: 10 W (Max. 15 W), Rated Impedance: 100 V line: 1 k Ω (10 W), 2 k Ω (5 W), Sound Pressure Level: 90 dB (1 W, 1 m), Frequency Response: 150 Hz - 10 kHz, Speaker Component: 12 cm cone-type × 2, Dimension: 167 (W) × 335 (H) × 141 (D) mm, Weight : 3.4 kg (unit only), 4 kg (including mounting bracket), Accessory: Mounting bracket …2, Mounting bolt, washer, packing …1 set, Compact, lightweight, Dual Channel VHF Wireless Microphone System available in 5 different frequencies. Operates at Quartz Crystal Locked VHF High Band frequency. Two (02) microphones with separate frequencies and one non-diversity receiver.Combination of a hand-held dynamic microphone A tie-clip condenser microphone for a wide variety of applications. Internal Antenna in the Microphone and two telescopic Antennas in the Receiver for clear and distortion free reception. Receiver operates on 9V DC through an AC Adaptor supplied along with the system. Microphone operates with a 9V Dry Battery.Microphone with 3-position slide switch for 'Audio On' - 'Audio Mute' - 'Off' positions.Green LEDs for Channel-1 & Channel-2 signal indication on receiver.Audio output from receiver available at OUT 1 & OUT 2 individually and as mixed output at OUT 1 + 2 Cordless and collar Microphone with accessories .

108 | P a g e 333. 773 Power Clamp Power Clamp meter : ACV >>Ranges : 60V, 600V, 1000V. / Resolution : meter : 10mV. / Basic Accuracy : ±(1.0%+5d) at 50Hz ~ 500Hz ± (1.5%+5d). / Input Impedance : 3 M Ω // <100pF. / Overload Protection : 1000V rms. / Conversion Type : Average sensing RMS / indicating (AC+DC True- RMS). / DCV >>Ranges : 60V, 600V, 1000V. / Resolution : 10mV. / Basic Accuracy : ± (1.0%+5d). / Input Impedance : 3M Ω. / Overload Protection : 1000V rms. / ACA >>Ranges : 600.0A. / Resolution : 0.1A. / Basic Accuracy : ± (1.5%+5d) at 50Hz ~ 60Hz. / Conversion Type : Average sensing RMS indicating (AC+DC True-RMS). / DCA >> Ranges : 600A. / Resolution : 0.1A. / Basic Accuracy : ± (1.5%+5d). / Watt >>Ranges : 4KW ~ 600KW. / Resolution : 1W. / Basic Accuracy : ACA + ACV accuracy. / P.F. >>Ranges : -1.00 ~ 1.00. / Resolution : 0.01. / Basic Accuracy : ±3°. / T.H.D. >>Ranges : 0.1% ~ 100.0%. / Resolution : 0.10%. / Basic Accuracy : ± (3.0%+10d). / OHM >>Ranges : 600 Ω, 6.000K Ω, 20.0K Ω. / Resolution : 0.1 Ω. / Accuracy :±(1.0%+5d). / Overload Protection : 600V rms. / Continuity Beeper : <30 Ω, 2KHz tone buzzer. / Diode Test : Open circuit voltage : 3V max. / Capacitance Ranges : 4nF~4mF. / Resolution : 1pF. / Basic Accuracy : ±(2.0%+8d). / Overload Protection : 600V rms. / Frequency Counter>>Ranges : 20Hz ~ 4KHz. / Resolution : 0.1Hz. / Accuracy : ±(0.1%+5d). / Sensitivity : 5A rms for ACA (A~). , 5V rms to 110V rms for ACV (V~). / Overload Protection : AC/DC 600A, AC/DC 1000A. / Temperature>>Ranges : - 50°C ~ 1000°C / -122°F ~ 1832°F; Resolution : / 0.1°C / 1°F; Accuracy : ± (1%+3°C). ;Overload Protection : 600V rms. / GENERAL>> Sampling Rate : 3 times/sec; Overload Indication : "OL" or "-OL"; Low Battery Indication : Yes; Auto Power Off: : Approx. 30 minutes; Operating Temperature : 0°C ~ 50°C, £80% RH; Storage Temperature : -20°C ~ 60°C; Temperature Coefficient : 0.15 (Spec. Acc)/°C, <18°C or >28°C; Safety : IEC 61010 and designed to meet UL3111 specifications CAT III 600V CAT II 1000V; Maximum Conductor : 35mm dia. (750MCM); Size> Maximum Jaw Opening : 45mm; Maximum Bus bar Size : 40 x 15mm; Power Requirement : Single 9V battery (NEDA 1604 or IEC 6F22); Battery Life : 50 Hours; / Accessories : Test Leads, ZnC battery with instrument (installed) manual and carrying case.

109 | P a g e 334. 774 Power Electronics Power Electronics Lab Trainer Lab Trainer Size of Breadboard : 172.5 mm × 128.5mm DC Power Supply :+5 V, -5 V 500 mA,+12V, -12 V 500 mA+15 V, 250 mA+35V, -35V, 250 mA AC Power Supply :18V-0V-18V 0V-15V On board Firing Circuits Frequency range : 30Hz to 900Hz variableAmplitude 12V PWM control of G1, G2, G3 and G4 Duty cycle control of “Gate”Signal is 0 to 100% SCR Assembly : 4 SCRs 2P4M, 400V/2A Power Devices : IGBT-G4BC20S, MOSFETIRFZ44N,UJT-2N2646, DIACDB3,TRIAC-BT136, PUT-2N6027 Circuit Components on board : Elect. Capacitor 10uF, 63VElect Capacitor 1uF, 63VMet. Capacitor 0.33uF, 63VDiode 1N4007, Inductor 220uH,4.7uH, 10mH. Pulse transformer on board :2 nos. PT4502 1:1 and one is PT4503 1:1:1 Load selector : 6 load resistances- 47E/7W,1K/1W, 1K/10W, 10K/10W,120E/5W, 2K2/2W. Test points :10 nos (Gold plated) Accessories : Bread boards : 2 nos. Connecting wires : 20 nos. 2mm to 1mm Patch cords : 15 nos. 2mm Patch cords (Red) 16” : 4 nos. 2mm Patch cords (Black)16’’ : 4 nos. 2mm Patch cords (Blue) 16’’ : 12 nos. Mains cord : 1 no. TINA Pro (Demo) : 1 Learning materia

335. 775 Power Factor Precision grade, portable analog meters in teakwood case, bakelite panel, Meter (3-phase) leather belt and rubber shoes for horizontal use only with 6 inch long and clear rectangular window with excellent visibility, knife edge pointer and Anti parallax mirror. Accuracy Class ± 0.5% of full scale deflection Power factor meter. Dynamometer type Power factor meter 3 phase ), current coil range : 5/10 amps. ( dual range ), pressure coil range: 250, 500 volts ( Dual range ). Accuracy 2°.

336. 783 Programmable PLC should consist of the following: Logic Controller • Power Supply module • CPU • 16 CHANNEL X 24 VDC DIGITAL INPUT CARD • 16 CHANNEL X 24 VDC DIGITAL OUTPUT CARD • 8 CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT CARD • 8 CHANNEL ANALOG OUTPUT CARD • (ANALOG I/P CARD SHOULD BE SUPPORTED BY THERMOCOUPLE, RTD AND PROVIDE EXTERNAL TERMINAL TO CONNECT THE SAME) • PC ADAPTER USB WITH CABLE • STEP 7 VERSION 5.5 or latest version • SIMULATION Panel Make: Siemens or equivalent

110 | P a g e 337. 788 Proportional, Trainer kit for P-I-D controller: • Simulated blocks – deadtime differential & (transportation lag), integral controller integrator, time constants, error detector and gain - • PID Controller (configurable as P, PI, PD or PID) • Proportional Band: 5% to 50% (Gain 2-20) • Integral time: 10msec -100msec. • Derivative time: 2-20msec • Built-in signal sources • Set value: -1V to +1V • Square wave: 1V p-p (min.) at 40Hz (typical) • Triangular wave: 1V p-p (min.) at 40Hz (typical) • Built-in 3½ digit DVM for d.c. measurements • Built-in IC regulated power supply • 220V±10%, 50Hz mains operation • Detailed literature and patch chords included • Essential accessory – a CRO Temperature control system. Complete set up of the above and necessary commissioning.

338. 789 Protable grinding 250V, ¼ HP, grinding wheel 3 inch. machine 339. 791 Proximity switch Proximity type- NPN, Sensing range: 10mm, Outer dia: 30mm, with fitted with motor power Supply (10-30v). Motor- permanent magnet DC motor, 12V, 2000 shaft,motor speed rpm.and voltage controlled. The set up is to be encapsulated in a 4mm controller. glass envelope.

340. 792 PSK Modulation Technical Specification- (Modulation) and Demodulation • Crystal Frequency 4.096 MHz Trainer Kit • Different Data Formats-NRZ(L) & NRZ(M),RZ,Biphase (Manchester), Bi Phase (Mark) • Modulation Type-ASK,FSK,PSK,QPSK,DPSK,DQPSK • Onboard Data Inverter • Onboard carrier 1.6 MHz • 960 KHz Sine & Cosine • Onboard LED indicator & toggle switches for Data generation • Test points- More than 40

Technical Specification- (Demodulation) • Onboard Biphase clock recovery circuit • Onboard Differential Decoder& Squaring Circuit • Onboard 8 bit data Receiver • Demodulation Type-ASK,FSK,PSK,QPSK,DQPSK,DPSK • 2nd order & 4th order filter for output

341. 793 PSpice software latest version, 10 user

111 | P a g e 342. 794 Public Address Technical Specification- System ( Ampl+4 • Superior quality 100W high power PA System Spk+4 Mic) • 5 Mic. and 2 Aux Inputs & 3 Speaker output (4 Ω/8 Ω/16 Ω) • Bass and Treble tone controls with Master control. • Complete block diagram of a PA system on-board • The different circuit boards of PA system are exposed on a PCB • Easy identification of different parts and components of thesystem at a glance.

343. 795 Pulse Oximeter Pulse Oximeter with plethsmograph , bench top, finger probe, display. 344. 798 Pulse Code Modulation part : On Board Signals Sine Wave Frequency : 500 Hz and 1 Modulation and KHz Amplitude : 0 ~ 4 Vpp DC : 2 Channel , 0 – 5 V Input Channels 2 Demodulation Kit channel time division multiplexed and pulse code modulated Synch ronization signal Pseudo random bit sequence synchronous code generation Serial data pattern : 14 – bit PRBS and 14 – bit data Parity code facility Even, odd, hamming, none parity Modes of operation FAST : 16 KHz / channel SLOW : 0.088 Hz (811 ms) / Channe l Switch faults 8 switch faults are provided on board to study different effects on circuit Test Point 23 test points are provided to observe various intermediate signals Power Supply GND, +5V, 12V, -12V Demodulation part: 2 channel time division multiplexed pulse code modulation receiver

Receiver clock • Generated by phase lock loop

Parity check facility • Even, odd, hamming

Error correction • Hamming code

Low pass filter • Two 4th order butterworth filter, 3.4 KHz (cut-off)

Switch faults • 4th switch faults are provided on-board to study different effects on circuit

Test points • 25 test points are provided to observe various intermediate signals

Power supply • GND, +5V, +12V, -12V

112 | P a g e 345. 799 Pulse Generator 10 MHz. Pulse generator: FREQUENCY RANGE :Internal : 0.1Hz to 10MHz in 8 decade ranges & variable. X'tal Spot Frequencies : 10MHz, 1MHz, 100KHz, 10KHz, 1KHz, 100Hz,10Hz, 1Hz. / TRIGGERING: Internal : 0.1Hz to 10MHz. External : 10Hz to 10MHz. Manual : 1 pulse out for each switch press. / Ext. Trig-Input : 1V to 10V p-p sine & square waveform. / Trig-Output : TTL pulse (Zo=50 ohm). / RATE : 100nsec - 10 sec. (8 decade ranges & variable adj.). / WIDTH : 50nsec - 50msec (6 decade range and variable). / DELAY : 0 - 2µsec variable w.r.t. trigger output. / OUTPUT POLARITY : Normal / Inverting. / OUTPUT: Pulse Out : 0.5V - 5V at 50 ohms. / Impedance : 50 ohms.; Rise & Fall Time : 12nsec.; Output Terminal : BNC Connector. / POWER SUPPLY: Power : 230V AC ±10%, 47-53Hz; Optional 115V AC ±10%, 57-63Hz., / Consumption : 10VA. / STANDARD ACCESSORIES / Instruction Manual - 1 No.; BNC(M) to BNC(M) Cable - 1 No.; BNC(M) to Alligator Clip - 1 No.; 50 ohms Termination - 1 No.; Mains Cord - 1 No.

346. 801 RADAR Trainer 16bit radar data acquisition System kit • Displays and logs doppler signals • Maximum 2 channel acquisition supported (I and Q Signals) • Signal views in frequency and time domain • Signals observable on test points on front plate as well as in software windows • Real time Log file playback to screen and test points • Works with single channel and dual channel radar modules • Detailed analysis of signals possible using external measurement systems • System power obtained from host using USB port • Strong software support

Microwave Transceiver • Type : Integrated transmitter and receiver with dual 4 patch antenna • Operating frequency : 24GHz (K-Band) • Single balanced mixer : 50MHz bandwidth • EIRP output power : 15dBm • Beam aperture : 800 /340

Software • Graphically configurable frequency and peak detection • Time domain display(scope) with trigger and filter functions • Real time capture and display of signal at background along with current acquired signal • Speed display : Display in km/Hr, m/s, KHz • Volts/div : 20mV/div ~ 3V/div • Display : Peak to peak level display • Time Base : 0.5mS/div ~ 10ms/div(real time) • Trigger : Manual • Storage mode : Streaming to standard save files • FFT : Real time with cursor measurement • FFT Power spectrum display from 5Hz ~ 20 Khz

113 | P a g e 347. 806 RC COUPLED Technical Specification- AMPLIFIER • The single Board trainer kit should contain inbuilt IC TWO STAGE regulated power supply, Digital Voltmeter & Ammeter, signal generator, necessary active & passive components for performing – Low Frequency, Mid Frequency and High Frequency Responses

348. 816 Relay Test Set: 3-phase adjustable Current and Voltage injection set with Phase shift arrangement, suitable for testing distance Relay, Over current Relay, over/under Voltage Relay, (including directional element,), Time interval Meter, etc. 349. 1009 Relay Testing Kit 3-phase adjustable Current and Voltage injection set for testing Over to test Directional current Relay, over/under Voltage Relay, (including directional element,), Over Current Time interval Meter, etc along with the followings: Relay (DOCR) *Directional Over Current Relay (Electro-Mechanical Type Relay, Model No CDD-21 or equivalent), * Auxiliary Relay, * Counter /Timer, * D.W. Transformer, * Variac, * Knife Switch, * DC power supply for Dc auxiliary relay and directional over current relay, * Portable Ammeter.Necessary panel for the complete set up with wooden (teak wood) table (4'x3'x2.5') 350. 797 Pulse Code Pulse Code Modulation & Demodulation Trainer Kit Modulation & In built IC based DC regulated power supply ±12V & Demodulation +5V / 300mA On Board DC Supply as modulating signal Trainer Kit ( 0 to 5V DC) On board clock signal generator frequency ( 7.8 KHz & 125 KHz) Amplitude 5 Vp-p approx Modulation using sample & hold amplifier IC LF398,Analog to Digital converter using IC 0800,Parralel to Sreial convertaer using IC 74150 Multiplexer & timing & control Logic using 74160 Demodulation of PCM using Timing & control logic using 74160 Digital to analog converter using IC 0800 & Low pass filter follow by an Amplifier using 741. Glass Epoxy PCB used as front panel of 270mm×&170mm &mounted on light weight shock proof plastic cabinet Circuit diagram printed on glass epoxy PCB & all important IC’s &test points are brought out on front panel Power requirement :220VAC±10%,50Hz Weight :4.0Kg Approx Standard accessories : Power chord ,patch chords& instruction manual 351. 817 Respiration Rate Accuracy:+-2breaths/minute;Tachypnea Limit Monitor Range:0-255 breaths/minute;apnea period selection:10,20,30,60 sec;Power supply:110V- 260V AC,50-60 Hz

352. 831 Running model of Model showing the working principle and operation of transformer Bucholtz Relay Buchlotz relay.

114 | P a g e 353. 832 Sampling and Technical Specification Reconstruction Message Signal 1 : Frequency 250 Hz Trainer : Amplitude 0 to 5V Message Signal 2 : Frequency 500 Hz : Amplitude 0 to 5V Message Signal 3 : Frequency 1 KHz : Amplitude 0 to 5V Message Signal 4 : Frequency 2 KHz : Amplitude 0 to 5V Carrier Signal : 512K,256K,128K,64K,32K,16K,8K, 4K, 2K, 1K, Modulator Type : 74 HC 4053 Based (Switching)Sampling Output : Sample/Hold : Natural Sampling : Flat Top SamplingDemodulator : 4th Order LPF Amplifier : Op-Amp Based Supply Voltage (Board) : +12V, +5V / DCSupply current : 100 mA (Minimum)Input Voltage : 230 V/ 50 Hz ACInterface connectors : 2mm socket

354. 835 Satellite FEATURES Communication Trainer • Dual processor system • ARM - 32-bit RISC processor based PLL synthesized microwave operation (ISM license free band) • 20 X 4 LCD digital display • 16 keys keyboard • PLL synthesized frequency in transmitter, receiver and satellite emulator • S-band microwave frequencies for smaller antenna size • Simultaneous communicationof3different signals • Choice of different transmitting and receiving frequencies between 2400 ~ 2481MHz • FM / FDM Modulation is used to transmit two audio and one video channel simultaneously • Rugged aluminum cabinets and tin cans for shielding • Low RF leakage and isolation of 100dB • Teflon cables for carrying RF signal • SMA connectors for microwave operation • Communicates audio, video, digital data, tone, voice and function generator signals • Communication of external broadband digital, analog and base-band signals • Dynamic microphone and speaker provided for audio link • CCD camera and video monitor provided for video link • Detachable pair of Yagi, RHCP helix and LHCP helix Antennas are provided for dual polarization test • PC interface provided for PC to PC communication via satellite • Emulation of Signal Fading, Thermal Noise, Propagation delay and path Loss • C/N and S/N measurement facility • Facility to attach analog /digital communication kits. • To measure the signal parameters in an analog FM/FDM TV satellite Link • To estimate FM deviation / bandwidth • Multimedia based interactive e-manual

115 | P a g e

SPECIFICATIONS • Frequency : 2.4GHz, 2.427GHz, 2.454GHz, 2.481GHz • Display : 16 X 2 LCD • Spurious output : -30dB typical • RF output impedance : 75 ohms unbalanced • Modulation : Frequency modulation of audio and video signal • Audio subcarrier : 5 and 5.5 MHz • Video subcarrier : 8 MHz maximum • RF carrier o/p level : +3dBm nominal • Path loss : Upto 20dB variable control • LF Modulation I/P : Internal 1KHz sine wave / external mic or External Analog input • HF Modulation I/P : 5MHz Bandwidth typical, Analog - 5Vp/p maximum, Digital - TTL Compatible, RS232 - PC serial port compatible input • Power Supply : 220V AC ± 10%

EXPERIMENTS: • Formation of Passive satellite link • Formation of Active satellite link • Transmission of audio, video and data simultaneously over satellite link. • Study of telemetry and Tele-command in a satellite link. • Measurement of received signal strength through direct link and through satellite link. • Measurement of signal to noise ratio, carrier to noise ratio, threshold level, fading effect and noise effect • Determination of audio and video bandwidth for active satellite link • Observation of audio delay effect for satellite link 355. 836 Schearing Bridge Schearing BridgeIn built fixed DC regulated power supply of ±5V, ±12V & +5V/ 500mA. . Inbuilt sine wave oscillator, frequency 1KHz ±3%, amplitude 0-15Vpp. . In built 3½ digit digital null detector used as detector. . On Board two ratio dial “P” & “Q” each having 10W,100W& 1000W. . On Board two decade dial x (0.01mF & 0.01mF). . On Board one variable gang capacitor range of 25pF to 500pF. . On Board six unknown capacitor are mounted behind the front panelwith connections are brought out on front panel.. Bakelite used as front panel of 400mm x 225mm & mounted on light weight shock proof plastic cabinet.. Circuit diagram of discrete component printed & all important connection are brought out on front panel. Power requirement : 220 VAC +10%, 50Hz. Dimensions (mm) : 430( L) x 230(B) x 75(H) Standard Accessories:. Power Cord, Patch Cords & Instruction Manual

116 | P a g e 356. 838 SCR commutation SCR commutation Circuit Circuit Commutation Techniques used . i) Class A ii) Class B iii) Class C iv) Class D v) Class E vi) Class F • In built IC based DC regulated fixed power supply +12VDC/300mA & 6VAC/ 300mA• Circuit diagram printed on front panel & test points brought out on front panel. SCR 2P4M based circuit.• Power requirement: 230 VAC +10%, 50Hz Standard Accessories: 6 Volt / 1/4 W lamp, Patch Chords & Instruction Manual

357. 839 SCR Firing SCR Firing Circuit Circuit R, RC , UJT , DC bias triggering. • In built IC based DC regulated fixed power supply +12VDC/150mA & 9VAC. • One variable power supply 0-2VDC /150mA for DC triggering. • SCR 2P4M based circuit. . • On board lamp holder. • Circuit diagram printed on front panel & important test points brought out on front panel. • Power requirement: 230 VAC +10%, 50Hz Standard Accessories: 6 Volt / 1/4 W lamp, Patch Chords & Instruction Manual.

358. 840 SCR single phase SCR single phase Half wave, Fullwave, fully controlled bridge Half wave, Full rectifier/converter wave, fully 4 SCR’s 2P4M used• 3 Analog meters provided of range in built power controlled bridge supply 10-0-10 PC, 0 - 200mA, 0-6VAC/ 10-0-10VAC in built power rectifier/converter supply.• Load Resistance -50ohms, 100ohms, 200ohms, 300ohms, 400ohms, 500ohms. • On board controls for phase angle.• Circuit diagram printed, & test points brought out on front panel. Standard Accessories: Patch cords & Instruction Manual 359. 841 Screw driver set Adjustable wrench (8”, 10”), screwdriver bits, screwdriver, measuring tape (5 m), Ball Pin hammer (250 gm, 500 gm),knife, bull-nose pliers 6”, 8”),needle-nose pliers (6”), socket wrench(Set), Allen key (set). Reputed make. 360. 847 Semi automatic Single spindle, 3000 RPM (max.)programmable by 3 step pulley winding machine mechanism,wire dia 1.6 mm (max.) on bobin dia 150 mm, AC spindle motor with input power 220/240V AC, 50 Hz, 0.75 KVA, Memory 100 Programmes Non Volatile. 361. 850 Series parallel Kit for Series parallel resonance of R-L-C ckt: The Set-up consist of resonance of R-L- Power supply, audio oscillator with digital readout, digital RMS meters C ckt. and different number of inductors (smoothly variable), capacitors, Rheostat, Ammeter & Voltmeters. The boards should be user friendly and support self learning through flexibility of making circuit connections. Schematic diagrams on the boards provide easy understating of the concepts. . Scope of Learning: Study of resonance in series RLC circuit, Study of resonance in parallel RLC circuit.

117 | P a g e 362. 852 Set up for With suitable Hardware and related software. Dedicated Intel 8085 based Checking of the kit with ADC, 8255, 2K (extendable upto 8K) RAM & ROM, 8279,8253, phase sequence of necessary DC power supply and connecting cords. three phase supply system using three Zero crossing detectors controlled by 8085 microprocessor. 363. 854 Set up for With suitable Hardware and related software including AC variable Measurement of voltage (0-10V) /current (0-5A) source, digital panel type ammeter & ac voltage, volmeter, DW transformer of suitable rating for phase shifting (0-45 current, frequency degree lead/lag). Dedicated Intel 8085 based kit with ADC, 8255,2K and phase angle (extendable upto 8K) RAM & ROM, 8279,8253, necessary DC power difference using supply and connecting cords. suitable PT,CT,ZCD,ADC , etc based on 8085 microprocessor. 364. 855 Set up for Open The set up must have circuit Test & a) Single phase air cooled transformer. Rating: 1.0 KVA, 230v/115v , 50 short circuit test Hz, continuous with suitable threaded type insulated brush studs mounted of transformer in bakelite board on top of the transformer. b) Single phase variac. Input voltage 240 volt, output voltage 0-270 volts, 10 amp, 50 Hz c) Table top ammeter (industrial type). Rating: 0-1-2 A, MI type, d) Table top ammeter (industrial type). Rating: 0-10-20 A, MI type, e) Table top voltmeter (industrial type). Rating: 0-150-300V-600, MI type, f) Table top voltmeter (industrial type). Rating: 0-10-20-50V, MI type,

365. 856 Set up for Over With suitable Hardware and related software including AC variable voltage / under voltage (0-10V) /current (0-5A) source, digital panel type ammeter & voltage or over volmeter. Dedicated Intel 8085 based kit with ADC, 8255, 2K (extendable current/ under upto 8K) RAM & ROM, 8279,8253, necessary DC power supply and current relay ckt connecting cords. using suitable hardware ckt controlled by 8085 microprocessor. 366. 863 Setting up of 802.11n wireless LAN card with Driver, 100/1000/10000Mbps Ethernet Wired and Network Card , RJ 45 Connector (1000 Nos.), 24-Port 10/100 Wireless LAN Switch(Each port should support Auto MDI/MDI-X cable detection), Category 5e cable (1000 mtr), 2.4 /5GHz Dual Band 802.11 N Wireless Router. 367. 864 setup of DC Complete setup(including necessary control panel) of DC traction motors traction motors comprises two numbers 2 h.p., d.c. series motor with series & parallel method of starting / through drum controller. Two motors to be messed through pinions with a common load shaft including belt pulley break loading arrangement.

118 | P a g e 368. 874 Simulator (Defib , ECG waveforms – VF, VT fast, VT slow, VT poly, AFIB, AFLTR, SVT, ECG, Pacemaker) S TACH, NSR, ASYS, SINUS PVC, S BRDY, J BRDY, 2nd I, 2ND II PVC, 2nd II, 3rd. ,Convert – simulate cardioversion by activating convert* feature. , Defib discharge - indicator illuminates for two seconds when simulator is shocked by a defib set to 50J, or more.,Pacer pulse - paced beat is displayed and indicator flashes when simulator is paced by an external pacer. Capture occurs when pacer current is set at 60mA to 70mA, or more., Connectors – RA, LA, LL, RL and PADS, Battery – powered by one 9 volt alkaline battery. Low battery indicator illuminates when battery needs to be replaced. Battery saver feature powers off simulator automatically when not in use. Battery life is approximately 25 hours.Three year warranty covers material and workmanship 369. 879 Single phase & 3 (i) Energy meter:-Digital type, 3Ph, 15Amp, 440V . (ii) Energy meter:- phase energy Digital type, single Ph, 5Amp, 250V., (iii) resistive load box 10A per meter with single phase to connect single phase & 3-phase load. phase & 3 phase resistive load 370. 880 Single Phase Single Phase Bridge Inverter Bridge Inverter On Board Firing Circuit : Ramp Comparator Method Interconnections :2 mm sockets SCR Assembly : SCR 2P4M Fuse : 1A DC Power Supply :+12V,-12V, +5V; 0.5A, Power Supply : 230 V ± 10%, 50 Hz

371. 881 Single Phase Single Phase cyclo converter cyclo converter Power supply +9volt DC for reference. • In built IC based DC regulated power supply +5VDC. • Three separate supplies V1, V2 and V3 of +5Volt DC each for opto isolators(MCT2E).• Built in clock generator. • Four number of SCR’s (TYN 612).• Frequency selection switch for selecting frequencies of 25Hz, 16.66 &12.5Hz. On board lamp holder.• Circuit diagram printed on front panel & four thyristors ‘TYN 612’ & test points brought out on front panel. • Power requirement: 230 VAC +10%, 50Hz. Standard Accessories:230 Volt / 25W lamp, Power Chord, Patch Chords & Instruction Manual.

372. 1162 Single Phase Full Technical Specification- controlled • Trainer Kit to study Single Phase Full wave Bridge Rectifier for fixed converter DC output, • Half Controlled and fully controlled rectification facilities with R and RL, loads 1000 Ohms 10 Watts, 14 ma @ 0.05 A inductive loads. • The Single Board Trainer Kit contains : • Source for rectification of 4 to 24 V DC fixed and variable output @ a max of 500 ma helps to construct and study Series and Parallel resonance Circuit. • Four Diodes and 4 SCRs in bridge configuration with gradual firing controls and necessary capacitive, inductive and Pie filter components. • Digital Ammeter and Voltmeter.

119 | P a g e 373. 884 Single Phase Single Phase Inverter(using power MOSFET) Inverter(using On Board Firing Circuit : Ramp Comparator Method power MOSFET) Interconnections : 2 mm sockets SCR Assembly : SCR 2P4M Fuse : 1A DC Power Supply : +12V,-12V, +5V; 0.5A, Power Supply : 230 V ± 10%, 50 Hz • Different test points are provided

374. 885 Single Phase Watt Range : ampere rating 5 amp, 10 amp, voltage rating 150 V, 300 V, 600V, Meter accuracy .5% + 1 LSD 375. 891 Slip ring I/M 3 3H.P. with DOL & Rotor Resistance starter & Speed controller, 1440rpm, hp,400v,1500 rpm 3-Ph, 400V with loading arrangement by Belt-Pulley and Spring balance. to determine Necessary installation & commissioning included. effect of rotor resistance on T/S curve 376. 893 SMD Technology SMD Technology Trainer Trainer SMD Identification Board The user is familiarized with different SMD Components -Resistors, Capacitors, Inductors, Diodes, Transistors & IC’s packages. Proto BOARDS Proto BOARDS are special PCB’s with readymade solder pads for various SMD components & IC’s, which makes the soldering much easy. It includes Through Hole, SO, SOP, Chip Scale package Proto BOARDS. SMD Soldering Jig SMD Soldering Iron AVariable Temperature Controlled Soldering Iron is supplied with lead. SMD components SMD components are supplied for Solder practice. Resistors , Capacitors, Diodes , Transistors Tweezers: Holding & placing of SMD components. List of Accessories : 1. SMD Identification Board with manual 1 no. 2. Proto BOARDS 2 nos each - Discrete Surface Mount -SOP -SO -Through Holes -Chip Scale SMD Soldering Jig 1 no. SMD Soldering Iron 1 no. SMD components Resistors , Capacitors, Diodes , Transistors 10 no. each Tweezers 2 no. Manual 1 no..

377. 895 SMPS Trainer a. Dedicated SMPS PWM Controller Chip SG3525 b. Suitable variable reference and feedback circuitry for Open Loop and Closed Loop Operation c. N-Channel Power MOSFET with suitable gate driver and heat sink arrangement d. User configurable Pulse by Pulse or Latching Over Current Protection circuit e. Suitable magnetics like Inductor, Transformer etc. should be supplied f. Different Topology study with waveforms for CCM (Continuous Conduction Mode)and DCM (Discontinuous Conduction Mode) i. Buck Converter – Open and Closed Loop ii. Boost Converter – Open and Closed Loop iii. Flyback Converter – Open and Closed Loop g. Onboard variable DC power supply ( protected from overload and short circuit) to study line regulation characteristics h. Onboard Digital Meter for Input and Output Voltage Display i. Oscilloscope test point to study all available voltage and current wave forms

120 | P a g e 378. 899 SOFT WARE Supported industry standard netlist format: Berkeley SPICE, HSPICE and SMART SPICE Spectre netlists, S-parameter files, W-element RLGC matrix files, S- parameter model files, Verilog-A Output formats: rawfiles, Spectre PSF, HSPICE tr0 and mt0, analysis results, measurement data Compatibility with HSIM, Spectre, Eldo Rich analysis feature set including AC, DC, transient, noise, distortion, operating point, pole- zero, FFT and noise analysis Supported DSPF back-annotation and RLC reduction on netlist

379. 882 SINGLE PHASE Technical Specification- FULL WAVE • 2 mm BS-2 Jack Terminal for Various Test Point. DIODE Power LED Indication. RECTIFIER Built in Digital Volt Meters Range : 20V DC. Built in Digital Ammeter Range : 200mA DC. On Board : • Transformer Rating : 9V center tapped (300mA) • Half wave Rectifier output : +4V DC approximate . • Center-Trapped Rectifier : +8V DC approximate . • Bridge Rectifier Output : +8V DC approximate . • Filter : LC Type . • Load : Resistive 220Ohms./ 0.5W . AC Input: 230V AC, 50 Hz, ± 10%. Mounted on a .Sophisticated Cabinet. 380. 901 Software for NI Multisim, Latest version, with license, 10 user Electronic Circuit (Multisim software with multi MCU module: The software should have at least the facility for analog, digital, and mixed mode circuit simulation and microcontroller (8051,8052,PIC, AVR etc) based circuit design and simulation.) NI ultiboard : latest version with license, 10 user 381. 905 Solder & de- Soldering Iron : i) 230V, 15W, ii) 230V, 50W, De soldering pump, solder including soldering iron stand, solder material, flux. soldering iron flux (kit ). 382. 907 Soldering and Soldering station iron tool solder welding 18w, (temperature control 180 desoldering °- 480 °c) product description, power output: 24v 18w, temperature station range:(180 °- 480 °c), adjustable temperature control with lock/set screw, temperature adjusted by simply turning the dial. Ceramic heating element and senor ensures rapid heat-up temperature and lightning-fast thermal recovery, slender iron handles are insulated and ergonomic-designed for ease and comfort.

383. 913 Spectrum Spectrum Analyser Demonstrator cum Trainer kit of 3 GHz Analyser Housing : All experiments are housed in a single attractive box which is Demonstrator self contained, ready to use having built- in DC power supplies. cum Trainer Experiments : Spectrum Analyzer. Application I: Filter Responses : Four filters, very precisely designed for checking filter responses on Spectrum Analyzer.Types of filters are :1.Low Pass Filter (Cut off 115 MHz approximately) 2. High Pass Filter (Cut off 100 MHz approximately)3.Wide Band pass Filter (Cut off 25 MHz - 280 MHz approximately) 4.Notch Filter or Narrow Band Reject Filter (Cut off 95 MHz -160 MHz approx.)Application II: DC Amplifier Frequency Response: A well designed DC Amplifier having 3 dB cut off bandwidth of approx. 130 MHz Application IIIrd Harmonic Display & Analysis: A

121 | P a g e Function Generator of frequency range approx. 40 KHz - 400 KHz (Low) and 200 KHz - 2 MHz (High) having sine, square, & triangular output with frequency variation and output level variation (Max.1 V). Any one ppoutput can be given to Spectrum Analyzer for harmonic display. Application IV : Cable TV application : Three channel modulator (channel 4, channel 8, & channel12) & one mixer is cascaded. Channel modulations have Audio and Video inputs.The output of modulators and mixer can be seen on Spectrum Analyzer.Application V: Live signal Application :Four types of signal can be seen on Spectrum Analyzer1. Mobile phone forward and reverse link frequency 2. Cordless phone Transmitting and receiving frequencies 3. FM Radio Reception (Demodulated Audio output) 4. TV signal Reception (Demodulated Audio output) Demodulated output from Spectrum analyzer is given to the built- in speaker via Audio amplifier. A built in telescopic Antenna is provided with Spectrum Analyzer for catching signals. Mains Supply : 220/110V, 50 Hz . Consumption : 2 VA (approximately)Weight: 4.5 Kg (approximately)Dimensions (mm) : W 440 × D 265× H 155 ( Note: this is not a measuring instrument but demonstration kit only ) 384. 915 Speed Control of Technical Specification- AC Motor TRIAC • Onboard Power Supply • Universal Motor 230V 1/8HP 4500RPM with Load • Firing Circuit using DIAC, Ramp &Pedestrial triggering circuit • Firing Angle-0 to 180 Degree • Isolation between 230V AC Supply & Firing Circuit • Attenuation Circuitry is provided to check wave form at Oscilloscope • Pulse Transformer • Attenuation Circuitry is provided to check wave form • Isolation between 230V AC Supply & firing circuit

385. 916 Speed control of Setup for speed control of Induction Motor by V/f controllers using Induction Motor suitable static controllers for 3Ph,1 HP, 415V AC squirell cage induction (Frequency motor with motor and suitable open type eddy current braking. MS panel Changing with with push button for on/off, forward/reverse, speed control pot, 3 required Panel poleMCB for 3-ph input. &drive). 386. 917 Speed control of 3Φ, 400V ac, 50HZ.,1HP, 1440 rpm. Speed control using ac back to back Induction motor configuration of SCRs and to note Speed vs. Load Characteristics at open 1ph & 3ph by loop condition. This unit should consist of AC 3 Φ Induction Motor (1HP) using SCR coupled with a (i) DC Shunt Generator (1HP) for loading and (ii) a DC Tachogenerator to be used for speed feedback control. A DC meter must be provided for displaying the speed of the motor from the Tachogenerator with suitable AC Ammeter and Voltmeter for the measurement Sheet Metal enclosure with powder coating paint must be provided.

122 | P a g e 387. 918 Speed control of Speed control of universal motor using SCRs universal motor On board firing circuits : TCA785IC based firing circuit Ramp & using SCRs Pedestal firing circuit Firing angle variation : Gradually variation from 0 to 180 using firing control pot. SCR assembly: 4 SCRs TYN2004, 600V, 4A, 2 SCRs TYN616, 1000V, 16APulse transformer :PT4503 , 1:1:1On board DC supply : +12 V & +5VUniversal motor : Single Phase-230V,1.2A, No load specifications RPM-17000Test points :4 Interconnections : 2mm sockets Fuse : 1AMains Supply : 230 V ±10 %, 50 Hz . 60 Hz on request Power Consumption : 4VA (approx.)Dimensions (mm.) : W 420 × D 255 × H 100 388. 919 Speed Stroboscope use high intensity XENON tube. measurement by LCD display with back light. Stroboscope Stroboscope range : 100 to 10,000 RPM. External trigger for stroboscope. Photo tachometer range : 10 to 99,999 RPM. Photo tachometer use the laser light beam. power supply via external AC/DC adapter include

389. 923 Squirrel cage 1 i) 1HP, 415V, 3-ph, 50Hz,1440 rpm squirrel cage induction motor. Ii) hp,400v I/M & stroboscope for frequency 0-6KHz. stroboscope to measure slip 390. 924 Stand Blood 1. Adjustable height 2. Stand with castors for easy movement 3. Pressure Measuring range: 0 – 300mmHg apparatus 391. 930 Stepper motor A trainer kit with stepper motor controller (standard make), stepper motor: Control system 2A, upto 1.8 degree step angle, 24V. The controller should be compatible with the stepper motor supplied. Necessary loading arrangement, step angle measurement and torque measurement will have to be provided.

392. 931 Stepper Motor Stepper Motor Controller Trainer Controller Stepper Motor : Motor Type :Unipolar, Torque : 6 Kg-cm Trainer Phase Current : 0.8 Amp. , Stepping Angle : 1.8° /0.9° Operating Voltage : 12 V DC Input Pulse : 5V TTL Compatible, Test Points :20 Gold plated

123 | P a g e 393. 932 Stepper motor Stepper Motor interface kit should have -- interfacing with • 5V Stepper Motor 8086 • Angle control / Clockwise/ Counterclockwise microprocessor • 1.8 degree Step Angle , and 8051 • 34 mm Motor Length, microcontroller • 1300 g.cm Holding Torque, • 6 no. Lead Wire • 0.3 A Rated Current, • 40 Ω Phase Resistance, • 20 mH Phase Inductance, • 0.18 Kg Motor Weight ; • Motor Driver Unit, Interfacing Cards, Terminal connectors 20 - pin FRC Box Connectors, cable, data sheet suitable for 8086 Microprocessor and 8051 Micro Controller Kit

394. 933 Stepper Motor Stepper Motor Interface with Stepper Motor and Power Adapter Interface with Support : 8085 and 8051 trainer kit. Stepper Motor Accessories : Power supply, FRC Cable , connector cable. Sofrware and Power Adap ter 395. 937 Strain gauge & Strain Gauge Trainer measurement of Strain Gauge (350 Ω) : 4 nos. strain Gauge factor : 2.1 Maximum bearable weight : 500 gm Cantilever material : Stainless Steel Cantilever width :2.5 cm Cantilever thickness :0.16 cm Cantilever length : 20 cm Bridge Voltage : +8 V DC Bridge configuration : Full Bridge Display : 3½ Digit LED , Test points :8 nos. (Gold plated) Learning Material : CD (Theory, procedure, results, etc),

396. 938 Stroke checking Set up should consist of --- of control valve Table top glove valve with I/P converter, positioner arrangement, compressor for pneumatic supply, Electronic calibrator for input supply ( at least 4-20 mA facility). Quotation must be supplied with specification of control valve, i/p converter, Positioner, compressor and electronic calibrator. 397. 942 trainer Kit for 1. Constant `K'- Low Pass Filter 2. Constant `K'- High Pass Filter 3. passive Filters Constant `K'- Band Pass Filter 4. Constant `K'- Band Stop Filter 5. m- [constant K type, derived Low Pass Filter 6. m-derived High pass Filter 7. m-derived Band HPF, LPF, BPF, pass Filter 8. M-derived Band Stop Filter . This trainer has been designed BSF] with a view to perform various types of Passive filters using R, L, and C.

398. 943 Training kit to A trainer kit to measure temperature of water using thermocouple (K-type) study of and RTD, beaker & heating element are to be provided. thermocouple and temperature measurement by

124 | P a g e thermocouple.

399. 944 Training Kit to Power supply requirement: 440V AC, 3 Phase. Study of 3-Phase Following parts provided on Single PCB with connecting terminals. Full Wave SCR: 3 Nos. Power Diode : 3 Nos. Rectifier Load Resistors: 1K 10W, 1K 10W with 100mh Coil, 1000/35 EC, 0.1 PPC Three Mains Transformer with step down AC Voltages: 0-30V/250 mA. Accessories: 2 mm patch cord - 4 Nos. Accessories required: Laboratory Multimeter - Simpson 260 or better. General-purpose double beam oscilloscope. 380-440V, 3 Phase A.C. mains, three wire input.

400. 945 Training Kit to Board has been designed specifically for to study A.C. Regulators using Study of AC triac, antiparallel thyristor and triac & diac. - A.C. Regulator using a regulators using Triac. - A.C. Regulator using Thyristor connected in antiparallel. - A.C. antiparallel SCRs Regulator using a triac & a diac (with R.C. triggering circuit). The board & DIACs, TRIAC consists of the following built-in parts : 230V A.C. Isolated Transformer, Power 50 Watt. 9V D.C. at 100mA Zener Regulated Power Supply. Two silicon controlled rectifiers (SCR’s). Uni Junction Transistor (UJT).05 TRIAC. DIAC. Pulse Transformer 1:1:1. ,Two potentiometers one for controlling UJT firing angle & other for varying load. , Bulb 40W, 230V A.C. , Mains ON/OFF switch, Fuse and Jewel light. , The unit is operative on 230V ±10% at 50Hz A.C. Mains. , Adequate no. of patch cords stackable 4 mm spring loaded plug length 50cm. , Good Quality, reliable terminal/sockets are provided at appropriate places on panel for connections/ observation of waveforms. , Strongly supported by detailed Operating Instructions, giving details of Object, Theory, Design , procedures, Report Suggestions and Book References.

125 | P a g e 401. 946 Training Kit to Technical Specifications DC power supply:+5 VLogic levels+5 V: High Study of ALU (logic 1) 0 V:Low (logic 0)LED Indication:LED will be 'on' for logic high state and will be 'off' for logic low state Dimension (mm):W 240 x D 345 x H 110 . Arithmetic and Logic Unit trainer is a compact, ready to use digital electronics experiment board. This product is useful for students to get a practical insight into the working of an ALU and understand the concept behind its operation. An arithmetic and logic unit (ALU) is the core of a CPU in a computer. It is a multi-operational, combinational-logic function that performs 2nth logic and arithmetic operations each, on a pair of n-bit operands.The specific operation that is performed by an ALU is determined by a specific binary code applied to its Function Select inputs. These combinations of binary codes are interpreted within the ALU and the final output of the operation is obtained at output of the ALU.It has logic high-low input facility and LEDs for visual indication of the input- output states. This product also features the selection of Arithmetic or Logical mode of operation along with the facility of selection of different functions. A +5 V adaptor is also provided for power supply. Scope of Learning: °To study ALU for performing different logic operations°To study ALU for performing different arithmetic operations °To study ALU for performing comparison of two 4-bit binary numbers. Stand alone system. Easy switching between arithmetic and logic mode operations.16 arithmetic operations.16 logic operations. Easy illustration of ALU operation. LEDs for visual indication of input and output logic states . Manuals and 2 Year Warranty

402. 947 Training Kit to This trainer has been designed with a view to provide practical and Study Of experimental knowledge of Characteristics of Power transistor. Characteristics of SPECIFICATIONS 1. Power supply requirement : 230V AC, 50 Hz. 2. Power Transistor Built-in Power supply : +18V DC/250 mA.0 to 5V DC/100 mA continuously variable. 3. Following parts provided on Single PCB with connecting terminals. Power Transistor 2N3055 - 1No. 1K Load Resistor .4. All parts are soldered on single PCB of size 8" x 7" with complete circuit diagram screen-printed. 5. Standard Accessories : 1. A Training Manual. 2. Connecting Patch cords 403. 948 Training Kit to This trainer has been designed with a view to provide practical and Study of Class experimental knowledge of Class-A,B and AB amplifier A,B,AB type SPECIFICATIONS1. Power supply requirement : 230V AC, 50 Hz.2. push-pull Built in IC based regulated Power supply : + 12 V DC/200 mA 3. amplifier Following parts provided on Single PCB with connecting terminals. Power transistor -SL100 - 2 No. in Class-B amplifier circuit Driver transistor-BC548 - 1 No. Power transistor -SL100 - 1 No. in Class-A amplifier circuit4. Standard Accessories : 1. User Manual with practical and circuit diagrams. 2. Connecting patch cords - 5 nos.

126 | P a g e 404. 950 Training Kit to Transistor Series Voltage Regulator is a compact, ready to use Transistor Study of linear Series & Shunt Voltage Regulator experiment board. This board is useful series and shunt for students to study and understand operation of Transistor as a Voltage regulator regulator. The voltage regulation is analyzed with the variations in source voltage and load resistance when it is connected in series and shunt. The boards are very user friendly and support self-learning through flexibility of making circuit connections. Schematic diagrams on the boards provide easy understating of the concepts. Test points are provided to observe the waveforms/ signals and to measure voltages at different nodes. The boards can be used as standalone unit with DC Power Supply; These labs have built in DC Power Supply, AC Power Supply, Toggle switches, and Potentiometers. Product Tutorial with theory,description, explanation, procedure, references and results must be provided. Scope of Learning: Study of Transistor Series Voltage Regulator, when input voltage V IN is fixed while load resistance R L is variable. Study of Transistor Series Voltage Regulator, when input voltage V IN is variable while load resistance R L is fixed. Study of Transistor shunt voltage regulator, when input voltage V in is fixed while load resistance R L invariable. Study of Transistor shunt voltage regulator, when input voltage V in is variable while load resistance R L is fixed.

405. 951 Training Kit to ScopeofLearning: Study the operation of Schering Bridge and to measure Study of the value of unknown capacitance Schering Bridge. Product Tutorial. DC Measurement of Power Supply. This bridge is the simplest way to determine the value of Capacitance by unknown capacitance by comparing the branch impedance of Schering Schering Bridge Bridge. Schematic diagrams on the boards. Test points are provided to observe the waveforms/ signals and to measure voltages at different nodes. The boards can be used as standalone unit with external DC Power Supply and Function Generator, DC Power Supply, AC Power Supply, Function Generator, Modulation Generator, Continuity Tester, Toggle Switches, and Potentiometers. Product Tutorial with theory, description, explanation, procedure, references and results. On board schematic diagram. Flexibility of making circuit connections. Light weight &compact . DC Power Supply (±12V, ± 5V)

406. 952 Training kit ot Wien's Bridge: Fatures: On board test points to observe signals. On board Study of schematic diagram. Flexibility of making circuit connections. Light Measurement of weight & compact. DC Power Supply (±12V, ± 5V) Scope of learning: Capacitance by To measure the value of unknown inductance with the help of Owen's Wein Bridge Bridge. Ready to use .understand operation of Owen's Bridge and to measure the induction of an inductor in terms of capacitor; by comparing the branch impedance of the bridge. The boards are very user friendly and support self learning through flexibility of making circuit connections. Schematic diagrams on the boards provide easy understating of the concepts. Test points are provided to observe the waveforms/ signals and to measure voltages at different nodes. The boards can be used as standalone unit with external DC Power Supply, and Function Generator or can be used with other Analog Labs; These labs have built in DC Power Supply, AC Power Supply, Function Generator, Modulation Generator, Continuity Tester, Toggle Switches, and Potentiometers. Product Tutorial with theory, description, explanation, procedure, references and results must be provided.

127 | P a g e 407. 953 Training Kit to Maxwell's Inductance Bridge is a compact, ready to use experiment board Study of for Maxwell's inductance bridge . This board is useful for students to Measurement of study and understand operation of Maxwell's inductance bridge and to Inductance & determine the value of unknown inductance by comparing the branch Capacitance by impedance of the bridge. . The boards are very user friendly and support Maxwell's Bridge self-learning through flexibility of making circuit connections. Schematic diagrams on the boards provide easy understating of the concepts. Test points are provided to observe the waveforms/ signals and to measure voltages at different nodes. The boards can be used as standalone unit with external DC Power Supply, and Function Generator or can be used with othe Analog Labs; These labs have built in DC Power Supply, AC Power Supply, Function Generator, Modulation Generator, Continuity Tester, Toggle Switches, and Potentiometers. Product Tutorial with theory, description, explanation, procedure, references and results must be supplied. Features: On board test points to observe signals. On board schematic diagram. Flexibility of making circuit connections. Light weight & compact. DC Power Supply (±12V, ± 5V) Simtel Analog Electronics Software. To measure the value of unknown inductance with the help of Maxwell's inductance bridge.

408. 955 Training Kit to Cut sectional display of different parts of following Pneumatic Relay Study of mounted on Wooden Board covered with glass (wall mounting type). Pneumatic Relay, Set Point Range: -18 to +100 psig, -1.2 to +7 bar, -120 to +700 kPa, AFR Supply Pressure (Maximum): 250 psig, 17 bar, 1700 kPa, Ambient Temperature: -40° to 93.3°C (-40° to 200°F), Port Size: 1/4", Port Thread: NPT, Actuator Adjustment: Knob Adjust Materials of Construction: Body & Housing: Aluminum, Trim: Stainless Steel, Brass, Zinc Plated Steel Elastomers: Nitrile on Dacron, Silicone, Fluorocarbon(Viton)

409. 956 Training Kit to A kit to study of proximity switch, NPN and PNP type, range-12mm, 30V, Study of 200mA. Proximity Switch 410. 957 Training Kit to RC-Coupled Amplifieris a compact, ready to use RC–Coupled Amplifier Study of R-C experiment board. This board is useful for students to study and coupled amplifier understand working and frequency response of a RC–Coupled Amplifier. The boards are very user friendly and support self learning through flexibility of making circuit connections. Schematic diagrams on the boards provide easy understating of the concepts. Test points are provided to observe the waveforms/ signals and to measure voltages at different nodes. The boards can be used as standalone unit with external DC Power Supply and Function Generator, or can be used with other Analog Labs; These labs have built in DC Power Supply, AC Power Supply, Function Generator, Modulation Generator, Continuity Tester, Toggle Switches, and Potentiometers. Product Tutorial with theory, description, explanation, procedure, references and results must be supplied.DC Power Supply (±12V, ± 5V)?Simtel Analog Electronics Softwar. ScopeofLearning: Study the operation of RC–Coupled Amplifier. Study the frequency response of RC–Coupled Amplifier

128 | P a g e 411. 949 Training Kit to Instrument comprises of 3 set of Resistances, 3 set of Study of LCR Capacitors& 1 Inductance mounted inside the cabinet & circuit with an AC connections brought out at Sockets. 2 AC moving coil source. meters to measure voltage & current. Built in Sine Wave Oscillator & Acrylic Deluxe meters.

412. 958 Training Kit to Phase Shift Oscillator: On board test points to observe signals. On board Study of RC schematic diagram. Flexibility of making circuit connections. Light phase shift weight & compact .DC Power Supply (±12V, ± 5V).Study the operation oscillator of Phase shift oscillator with and without buffer between RC sections . Phase Shift Oscillator is a compact, ready to use experiment board. study and understand operation of phase shift oscillator and to observe the phase shift introduced by different RC stages of a phase shift oscillator. The boards are very user friendly and support self-learning through flexibility of making circuit connections. Schematic diagrams on the boards provide easy understating of the concepts. Test points are provided to observe the waveforms/ signals and to measure voltages at different nodes. The boards can be used as standalone unit with external DC Power Supply, and Function Generator or can be used with other Analog Labs; These labs have built in DC Power Supply, AC Power Supply, Function Generator, Modulation Generator, Continuity Tester, Toggle Switches, and Potentiometers. Product Tutorial with theory, description, explanation, procedure, references and results must be supplied. Phase Shift Oscillator.

413. 959 Training Kit to Thyristor firing technique by using IC 555 and UJT. This is very useful Study Of SCR for understanding of pulse generation. It is provided with in built power Triggering Ckt supplies, sockets for making interconnection in the circuit and exhaustive learning material.Features: Built in Power Supply, Easy to operate and understand, Two triggering circuits on single board, Test points to observe output pulses, Sockets to make different connections, On board DC sources of 5 V and 12 V, 2 Year Warranty. ScopeofLearning: Study of the triggering of SCR using UJT. Study of the triggering of SCR using TC555. On board AC source:18V-0V-18VOn board DC Supply:+5V, +12 V . On board triggering circuits :555 IC triggering circuit. UJT triggering circuit. Interconnection:2 mm socket (Gold plated)SCR:SCRs TYN616, 600V/16ATest points:4 nos (Gold plated)Learning material:CD (Theory, procedure, reference results, etc),Dimensions (mm):W 420 x D 255 x H 100Power Supply:110V - 260V AC, 50/60HzWeight:1 Kg. (approximately) Operating Conditions:0-40C, 85% RHIncluded Accessories :2mm Patch cords 16”:4 nos.Mains cord :1 no.Learning material (CD):1 no.

129 | P a g e 414. 960 Training kit to Compact design Self explained layout Provided with Rechargeable battery Study of Single On board LED indication for mains, charging, inversion etc. Insulated Phase Series sleeves on test points for safety, 2 Years Warranty The Inverter trainer is Inverter a versatile training System for Laboratories. It is designed such that all the basics of Inverter can be easily understood. This training system provides understanding about conversion of DC into AC by PWM Technique. Different blocks are explained like charging of battery, DC to AC conversion, AC mains sensing circuit, etc. Technical Specifications: Rated Power :60 WattPower Supply:230 V ±10%,single phase, 50 Hz. Charging Transformer :Step down type,Input voltage : 230 V Output voltage : 16 V Inverter Transformer:Step up typeInput voltage : 0 -12 VOutput voltage : 230 V . Inverter output voltage :230 V ±10% 50 Hz ±5%Inverter voltage control:By PWM techniqueBattery:12 V DC /7.5 Ah /12 HoursRelay:2 Pole/12 V/285 WLED Indicators:Inverter ON, mains ON,charging ON. Fuse for inverter protection :1 A (on Trainer board)Mains Fuse:1 ADimension (mm) : W 365 × D 265 × H 120. Experiments that can be performednnTo understand the function of Inverter in presence of main supply and understand the charging of battery nTo understand the working of Relay nTo study the AC Mains sensing circuit of Inverter . To study the Inverter circuit . To study the different faults and there troubleshooting in Inverter circuitTo understand the function of Inverter Trainer

415. 961 Training kit to To understand the concept of TRIAC firing method & working of speed Study of speed control of motor using TRIAC by two different firing circuits methods. It control of contains inbuilt power isolation circuit to observe high voltage output induction motor signal on any Oscilloscope. This platform is provided with inbuilt AC/DC by voltage & power supplies & exhaustive learning material.Features: Built in AC/DC frequency Power Supply. On board two firing circuits. Firing angle control: 0 to 180 variation with p.s. degree. Isolation between SCR power circuit and firing circuit. 2 Year & motor Warranty. ScopeofLearning: To study speed control of AC Motor using DIAC Triac firing scheme. To study speed control of AC Motor using Ramp & padestal firing scheme. On board firing circuits :DIAC firing circuitRamp & Pedestal firing circuitPulse transformer :PT4502, 1:1Mains Supply:220V, 50 Hz. Universal motor:Single Phase-1 / 8 Hp specifications: Dimensions (mm):W 420 x D 255 x H 100 . Weight:1 Kg. (approximately). Operating Conditions:0-40C, 85% RH. Included Accessories :BNC – BNC cable:1 no. Mains cord:1 no. AC Motor:1 no. Learning material (CD):1 no. Learning material:CD (Theory, procedure, referenceresults, etc), Technical SpecificationsSpeed Control of AC motor using TRIAC.

416. 954 Training Kit to Study of Characteristics of Operational Amplifier.: To Study of OP- Study various characteristics of Amplifier OBJECTIVE AMP :1) Measurement of input bias current of an op-amp2) characteristics Measurement of output off-set voltage of an op-amp3) To eliminate output off-set of an op-amp4) Measurement of slew of rate of an op-amp5) Measurement of closed loop gain. SPECIFICATION: 2 no. Variable DC Power Supply 0-3V/30mA, 1 no. Fixed DC Power Supply 12V1 no. Operational Amplifier IC 741 & Different types of Resistance, Capacitors and One Potentiometer.

130 | P a g e 417. 962 Training Kit to * Percentage Bias (Electro- Mechanical Type , Model DDT-12 or Study of equivalent) transformer differential Relay, Transformer * Auxiliary Relay, Differential Relay * Counter /Timer, : * D.W. Transformer-2 Nos., . * Rheostat -2 nos, * Variac-2 Nos, * Knife Switch, * DC power supply for DC auxiliary relay and differential relay, * Portable Ammeter-2 nos. Necessary panel for the complete set up with wooden (teak wood) table (4'x3'x2.5')

418. 963 Training kit to RC-Coupled Amplifier with Feedback: Features: On board test points to Study of observe signals. On board schematic diagram. Flexibility of making Transistor circuit connections. Light weight &compact . DC Power Supply (±12V, ± feedback 5V). Study the effect of negative feedback on gain of RC- coupled amplifier amplifier. Study the frequency response of RC–coupled amplifier with & without feedback. To measure the gain and bandwidth of RC-coupled amplifier with different feedback factor. Test points are provided to observe the waveforms/ signals and to measure voltages at different nodes. The boards can be used as standalone unit with external DC Power Supply, and Function Generator or can be used with other Analog Labs. DC Power Supply, AC Power Supply, Function Generator, Modulation Generator, Continuity Tester, Toggle Switches, and Potentiometers. Product Tutorial with theory, description, explanation, procedure, references and results must be supplied. 419. 964 Training Kit to Features: On board test points to observe signals. On board schematic Study of tuned diagram. Flexibility of making circuit connections. Light weight amplifier &compact . Online Product Tutorial Scope of Learning. Study the operation of Class C Tuned Amplifier and measurement of resonance frequency, power gain, efficiency, and bandwidth of the amplifie. 420. 965 Training Kit to Kit for universal logic gates: Built-in power supply DC +5 V @ 500 mA • Study of universal 4 Logic input switches with green LED display • 3 Logic output red LED logic gates & display • On panel pulser • Required numbers of patch cords and operating applications with manual • On panel gates : 4 NAND gates (7400), 4 NOR gates (7402),4 power supply AND gates (7408), 4 OR gates (7432)& 6 not gates (7404) • 5 nos of extra 18 pin IC base mounted on panel to use different ICs • 5 Logic input switches with green LED display • 5 Logic output red LED display • On panel 5 sockets each for +5 V & GND • Required numbers of patch

421. 969 Swinburn's test to D.C. Motor:- 2 HP, 230V,1500rpm, shunt field. Suitable panel compute withVoltmeter (0-300V), and Ammeter: 0-1A, Ammeter:0-5A. efficiency of Shunt generator,1 hp,220v,1500rpm

131 | P a g e 422. 970 Switching Action Technical Specification- of a BJT • Variable DC Power supply (0-20V) • DC Voltmeter & Ammeter (mili & micro) NPN PNP BJT • Complete circuit diagram on front panel display • Set of Resistance • POTs etc • Test cords & Connector

423. 971 Synchro Kit for Synchro Transmitter and Synchro Receiver: Transmitter, Input transformer: 230V/50V, with digital voltmeter(0-300V), Synchro Receiver Synchro Transmitter: Input rotor voltage-50V AC, Output stator voltage- 34V AC (max.), Synchro Receiver: Input stator voltage-34V AC (max), Output rotor voltage-35V AC. The unit should be encapsulated in a glass envelope with transmitter and receiver input & output voltage display.

424. 972 Synchronization Synchronization of 3 phase alternators: 2- Numbers of 3 KVA, 110V, of 3 phase 1500RPM, 3-Ph, 50Hz, alternator coupled with 2-numbers of DC motors alternators by (Shunt) 5HP, 110V, 1500RPM alongwith Synchronisation panel with synchroscope & 3 Synchronoscope, 3-Lamps for Lamp method, Ammeters & Voltmeters for lamp method DC motors and Alternator, Digital Frequency meter, Digital RPM meter for DC motors, 4-point DC Starters for both motors, 3-phase star connected variable resistive load. Necessary installation & commissioning included.

425. 973 T and Pi network This board has been designed with a view to provide practical and Trainer experimental knowledge of T and II Attenuator trainer kit.SPECIFICATIONS: 1. Study the characteristic impedance of symmetrical T and II Attenuations 2. Study the characteristic impedance of Asymmetrical T and II Attenuations 3. Design and test T and II Attenuator which will attenuate given signal to desired level. 4. Standard Accessories : 1. A manual having practical details.2. Patch Cords.

426. 978 Tachometer for Digital Photo Tachometer Speed • No contact RPM measurement, wide measuring range from 0.5 to measurement 100,000 RPM. 0.1 RPM • Resolution: 0.1 RPM ( < 1000 RPM). • The last value, max., value, min. value can be stored into the memory automatically & be obtained by pressing " Memory Call Button ".

427. 979 TDM PULSE Input channels: 2channel time division multiplexed pulse code modulation CODE receiver DEMODULATIO Receiver clock: Generated by phase lock loop N KIT Parity check facility: Even, odd, hamming, Error correction: Hamming code, Low pass filter:Two 4th order butterworth filter, 3.4 KHz (cut-off) Switch faults:4th switch faults are provided on-board to study different effects on circuit Interconnection: 2mmbanana socket; 4pin connector for audio output kit Test points: 25 test points are provided to observe various intermediate signals

132 | P a g e Power supply: GND, +5V, +12V, -12V .

428. 980 TDM PULSE SPECIFICATION:On-board signalsSine wave Frequency: 500Hz and 1 CODE KHzAmplitude: 0 ~ 4 VppDC: 2 Amplitude: 0 ~5 V MODULATION Input channels:2 channel time division multiplexed and pulse code KIT modulated Synchronization signalPseudo random bit sequence synchronous code generationSerial data pattern : 14-bit PRBS and 14-bit dataParity code facility:Even, odd, hamming, none parity Modes of operationFAST: 16 KHz / channelSLOW: 0.088Hz (811ms) / channelSwitch faults8 switch faults are provided on board to study different effects on circuit Test points23 test points are provided to observe various intermediate signals Power supplyGND, +5V, +12V, - 12V EXPERIMENTS: Principles of pulse code modulation techniquesStudy of 2 channel time division multiplexing and pulse code modulationStudy principle of analog to digital converter and digital to analog converterStudy of pseudo random bit sequence generationStudy of error control coding technique using odd parity, even parity and hamming paritySynchronization techniques - Bit synchronization - Frame synchronizationEffect of switch faults

429. 981 TDM-PCM Technical Specifications: Modulation & Demodulation Techniques : Two transmitter and channel TDM-PCM : Four channel TDM-PCM Internal Signal Generator : receiver trainer Four dedicated Direct Digital Synthesizer Generators for each channel Types of Signal : Sine, Triangle, Arbitrary signal Frequency : 500Hz, 1KHz, 1.5KHz, 2KHz, 3KHz SMD LED Indicators : 54 nos for DDS signal selection DDS signal frequency selection Sampling selection Technique selection Interconnect path Crystal Frequency : 8MHz Sampling Frequencies : 8KHz, 16KHz, 32KHz TDM techniques based on : Bell lab system Selection Mode : Push switches Number of Test Points : 40 nos. Low Pass Filter : 4nos. Cut-off frequency-5KHz Dimensions (mm) : W 326 x D 252 x H 52 Power Supply : 110V - 260V AC, 50/60Hz Weight : 1.5Kg (Approximately) o Operating Conditions : 0-40 C, 85% RH Included accessory : 2mm Patch cord - 2nos Features : Modulator and Demodulator on same board }On-board four DDS Signal Generator for standard and Arbitrary signals }Selectable Sampling frequencies }On board four 2nd order Butterworth Low Pass filter }SMD LED indicators }Compact and Light Weight }Can be issued just like a book for hands-on learning }2 Year warranty on site

133 | P a g e 430. 985 Temperature Parameter Measured : Temperature control system Measurement System : Transducer with electronic instrumentation using ON OFF Control System : ON/OFF type controller, and Transducer : Thermocouple temperature Type : Fe-K (Iron-Constantan) sensor Sensor Calibration : ANSI type Sensor Range : 0 to 4000 C System Range : Variable from ambient (room) temperature’s to 700 C Actual Heating Process : Aluminium Block with Heater Set Point : Adjustable Readout : 3.5 digit digital display, dual mode to read Set temperature in deg C and Actual temperature in deg C Controls : Set point control, Display mode control and Mains On/Off control Test Points : Multicoloured test points are provided at various stages to observe waveforms and voltages Indicator : Mains On and Heater On Power Requirements : 230V, 10% AC, 50 Hz, 1 phase Standard Accessories : Detailed Instruction Manual

431. 987 Temperature Temperature Transducer Trainer Transducer Transducers : 4 Nos Trainer N.T.C. Thermistor, Platinum R.T.D., K Type Thermocouple, Heating Element : Wire wound resistance 47 Ω , 10 W Included Accessories.

432. 988 Thermal over i) 3-pole, 415V, for 2hp AC motor. ii) 3-pole, 415V, for 5hp current relay AC motor. 433. 989 Thermistor Thermistor: Rated zero-power resistance R25 : 2.252 K Ω NOMINAL , NTC B value. 3,977 K ± 1 % Temperature coefficient @25°C : -4.4 %/°C Maximum operating temperature : 150 °C Thermal time constant. : Approx. 0.4 s 434. 990 Thermocouples Temp range, 50 oC to 1200 oC, (i) Iron-Constant,(ii)Copper constant 435. 992 Three phase fully Three phase fully controlled converter controlled Voltmeter 0-230VDC for output DC voltage. converter • Ammeter 0-3A for load current measurement. • Input 440V 3 phase , 50Hz. 4 wire is step down with the help of 3 No of transformers to form a 150V 3 phase system with current capacity of 4Amp. • The system includes elaborate triggering circuit arrangement for a six thyristor fully controlled bridge converter with various test points and soft start facility and ammeter and voltmeter .1HP. 230V DC motor can be driven from the output of this fully converter. • Thyristor above 600 V/8A ratings used mounted on heat sinks with dv/dt protection. • Power requirement: 440 VAC, 3 phase 50Hz

134 | P a g e 436. 993 Three phase Half Three phase Half controlled bridge converter controlled bridge SCR’s above 500V /8A rated used with Dv/Dt protection converter • Ammeter 0-5A for load current measurement. • Voltmeter 0-230V DC voltmeter for output DC voltage measurement. • Provision for varying of output DC smoothly. Facility for observation of attenuated output waveform on CRO. • Important test points on the side panel. • Lamp bank static load provided with the equipment. • Facilities to start delta connections. • Acrylic top fitted for observation and identification of different blocks by the student Isolation transformer for input voltage .Standard Accessories: Patch cords & Instruction Manual

437. 995 THREE PHASE THREE PHASE HALF WAVE RECTIFIER TRAINER KIT: The board HALF WAVE consists of the following built-in parts: RECTIFIER Three phase transformer, Digital Panel meter 3½ digits range 200Vto TRAINER KIT. measure the d.c. output voltage, Digital Panel meter 3½ digits range 200mAto measure the d.c. load current. 3 pole power contactor with AC coil complete with push to ON switch, Four pole Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB)., Three different colour neon indicator provided for indication ., Resistive load 600E, 10 Watt., Three rectifier diodes. Three SPST switches. Three phase 415V.at 50Hz, 20Amp. Socket. The unit is operative on 3-f 415Vat 50Hz A C Main. Adequate no of patch cords stackable 4 mm spring loaded plug length ½ metre. Good Quality, reliable terminal/sockets are provided at appropriate places on panel for connections/ observation of waveforms.

438. 996 Three phase 3-phase, 1KVA, 415V/230V, transformer with provision for the external transformer with connection terminals to perform all vector groups (star-delta,delta-star provision for the etc.) connection in all vector groups(star- delta,delta-star etc.) 439. 997 Three point & 4 DC 3-Point starter- 230V, 5 HPDC 4-Point Starter. 230V, 5 HP. point starter

135 | P a g e 440. 1004 TMS320C6713 3.5mm audio jacks for line in and line out DSP STARTER . - 2M Flash and 16MB SDRAM KIT , - HPI/GPIO port connector , - MC BSPI port connector , - On board standard IEEE JTAG interface via USB, +5 V universal power supply , - Analog interface for Data conversion (AIC), - Experiments workbook , - Technical reference guide , -Code Composer Studio IDE features: IDE ,Debug IDE , , -Advance watch windows , Integrated editor , File I/O, Prod points and graphical algorithm scope Prods, -Advance graphical signal analysis, - Interactive profiling , Automated testing and customization via scripting, - Visual project management system

441. 1013 Traffic Light Traffic Light Control PLC Application. Control: PLC Interface: 20 pin FRC cable with PLC Application. Input pin voltage: 24 V DC when particular i/p is activated from PLC Output pin voltage: 5 V DC when particular o/p is activated from PLC Power Supply: From PLC Learning Material: CD (Theory, procedure, reference results etc), Online (optional) Operating Conditions : 0-40° C, 85% RH Included Accessories : 20 Pin FRC cable-1no.

442. 1029 Training kit for The trainer kit should help to studies different types of network theorems verification of- like superposition theorem,Thevenin's theorem,Maximum power a) Superposition transform theorem,Norton's theorem etc. theorem. b) Thevenin’s The trainer kit must be completed with theorem. c) Norton’s Indicator for power on switch. theorem. Fixed 5v dc power supply. d) Maximum Two nos. variable DC power supply. power transfer Two nos. resistive potentiometer(POT). theorem. Differnt values sets of Resistances. Digital DC voltmeter, DC ammeter, Complete operating manual, Connecting wires , patch cords, etc.

443. 1017 Training kit for 8051 Microcontroller Microcontroler : Intel 80C51 Operating at 12 MHz having facility to Memory : interface with PC. -32 KB Onboard User Program Memory -12 KB Battrey Backed Up User program Memory -16 KB Battrey Backed Up User Data Memory Display : 40 Characters X 2 Lines LCD Display Keyboard : ASCII Keyboard

136 | P a g e Timer Counter Chip : 8253; 2 Counters available for User PPI : Two 8255 chips giving 48 TTL I/O Lines All Signals Terminated on 2 26 Pin FRC Connectors Serial Port : RS-232 Compatible serial port using 8250; signals treminated on a 9-pin D-type connector Expansion Bus : All address data & control bus brought out on 50 pinFRC connector for expansion Study Card Support : Dyna Series study cards support on this connector. All programs for study cards included in monitor program Modes Of Operation : -Introgation Mode : For interactive dialog with system -Assembler Mode : Line Assembler inbuilt in monitor helps you assemble programs directly -Single Step Mode : This mode is useful for Single Stepping inserting / removing breakpoints and debugging Software : – Powerfull Monitor Software with standard commands like move, fill, display/modify registers, execute Program, upload /download etc. – Single line assembler / dis-assembler. – Serial mode for using the kit with terminal with Instruction manual

– Serial mode for using the kit with terminal with Instruction manual 444. 1020 Training kit for Trainer kit must be provided with variable resistances and capacitances design of parallel for the design purpose of parallel resonance circuit with a particular cut of resonance circuit frequency ( 1 KHz to 1 MHz). Inbuilt ac power supply with variable frequency generator upto 1 MHz. Indication for current and voltage output. Other necessory accessories. 445. 1021 Training kit for Trainer kit must be provided with variable of resistances and capacitances design of series for the design purpose of series resonance circuit with a particular cut of resonance circuit frequency ( 1 KHz to 1 MHz).Inbuilt ac power supply with variable frequency generator upto 1 MHz. Indication for current and voltage output. Other necessory accessories. 446. 1022 Training kit for Trainer kit must be provided with variable resistances and capacitances designing of Low for the design of low pass filter with a particular cut of frequency ( 1 KHz Pass filter to 1 MHz). Inbuilt ac power supply with variable frequency generator upto 1 MHz. Indication for current and voltage output. Other necessory accessories. 447. 1023 Training kit for Trainer kit must be provided with variable resistances and capacitances designing of High for the design of High pass filter with a particular cut of frequency ( 1 Pass filter KHz to 1 MHz). Inbuilt ac power supply with variable frequency generator upto 1 MHz. Indication for current and voltage output. Other necessory accessories. 448. 1014 Training Kit for i) Sodium Vapour Lamp Integral well glass luminaire suitable for use with Sodium vapour high pressure Sodium Vapour Lamps SON70 - 230V, 70W with external lamp, mercury igniter. With complete accessories. ii) vapour lamp Meccury vapour lamp: 230V, 75W with luminaires & other accessories for lamp fittings.

449. 1016 Training kit for SCR Characterstics trainer should have---- study of VI * LM723 based variable DC power supply (0-30V) characteristic of for SCR SCR,TRIAC,IGB * LM723 based variable DC power supply (0-

137 | P a g e T &MOSFET 12V) for gate voltage of all devices. * Separate section for SCR/TRIAC characteristics. * Separate section for IGBT/MOSFET characteristics. * Two No’s fixed load resistor for all devices. * Four No’s potentiometer to vary all voltages. * LED indication for all power supply. Panel meters for measurement of device parameters. * 230V AC input with Power ON/OFF switch.

450. 1024 Training kit for Trainer kit must have speed control of • Microcontroller based firing circuit motor using SCRs • Firing angle and other selections using five no. of feather touch keys. • Pulse enable switch • For motor control experiments speed feedback provision • LCD to view the data of speed, firing angle etc.,. • Test points to view pulses • Pulse termination on ‘D’ socket.

451. 1027 Training kit for Kit must be equipped with necessary resistors, voltmeters, ammeter and study of inbuilt variable power supply.On board test points to observe signals,On Kirchhoff’s board schematic diagram, Flexibility of making circuit connections, Light Current & weight & compact Voltage Law DC Power Supply (±12V, ± 5V)

452. 1030 Training kit for Rectifier (HWR and FWR) must be Controlled using RC firing the study of Must have two separate sections for Half wave rectifier & Full Wave single-phase rectifiera. controlled a. Half Wave rectifier rectifier * One No. of SCR rated at 600V, 12A * R, C Based firing * Lamp load * One potentiometer to vary the firing angle of SCR. * 230V/24V operation b. Full Wave Rectifier * One no. SCR rated at 600V, 12A * 4 Nos. of Diode * R, C Based firing * One potentiometer to vary the firing angle of SCR. * 230V/24V operation

453. 1032 Training kit to Kit must have inbuilt power supply, measuring power supply, study Kelvin measurement range 1 microohm -1 kiloohm, having sensitive Double Bridge galvanometer 454. 1033 Training kit to Kit must have inbuilt power supply, measurement range 1 ohm – 105 study Wheat Ohm, having sensitive galvanometer. Stone Bridge

138 | P a g e 455. 1034 Training kit to Kit should consists of two no firing pulse to trigger auxiliary, main study chopper SCR with---. using SCR * Two No’s 1:1 pulse transformer for gate pulse isolation. * One No’s potentiometer to vary the duty -cycle ratio of PWM signal (10 - 90%). * Debounce logic circuit for pulse ON/OFF. * Two No’s toggle switch for ON/OFF auxiliary, main SCR pulses. * Necessary test points for triggering circuit study. * Auxiliary and main SCR pulses on the front panel to interface with SCR device module. (PEC14M15) & LC module. * 230V AC, 50Hz AC input. +15 / -15V DC for control circuit. * Illuminated rocker switch with fuse protection for mains ON/OFF .

456. 1035 Training kit to Kit must be suited for the measurement of low Q coil, range [ 1-10 ], study Maxwell having sensitive galvanometer Bridge 457. 1036 Training kit to Kit with circuit to trigger SCR.* Separate sections for R - firing , RC - study of UJT firing , UJT firing circuit.* 24V AC / 1AMP for firing circuit input relaxation voltage.* One potentiometer to vary the firing angle of UJT firing oscillator circuit.* One potentiometer to vary the firing angle of R - firing circuit.* One potentiometer to vary the firing angle of RC - firing circuit.* One no. toggle switch for ON/OFF 24VAC.* Four No’s of firing pulses should terminet on the front panel for connectingexternal device module. (UJT firing circuit)* 1:1:1 Pulse transformer for UJT firing circuit pulse isolation.* One no of SCR with snubber circuit forms half wave controlled convertercircuit for checking all the three firing circuit.* 230V, 50HZ AC input, fuse for over load protection.* One no. of rocker switch with LED indication for power ON/OFF.

458. 1025 Training kit for DC Power Supply : +12 V , +5 V , Sine Wave Generator study of different Frequency : 10 Hz to 100 KHz , Amplitude : 0-5 V pp Amplifier circuits using BJT 459. 1026 Training kit for DC Power Supply : +12 V , +5 V , Sine Wave Generator study of different Frequency : 10 Hz to 100 KHz , Amplitude : 0-5 V pp Amplifier circuits using FET 460. 1038 Training kit to Kit must have input supply 50 Hz Sine wave, two ratio dial P & Q, each study Schering having 1, 10,100,100 ohm coil, 3 decade dial, X 0.001 microfarad, 0.01 Bridge microfarad, 0.1 microfarad. Having sensitive head phone.

139 | P a g e 461. 1028 Training kit for Kit to study basic DIAC VI characteristics study study of VI trainer. characteristic of * Consists of one no. DIAC with proper heat sink. DIAC * 30V DC variable power supply for MT1, MT2 voltage variation. * One no. potentiometer to vary the MT1/MT2 voltage. One no. high wattage fixed load resistor. * One no. toggle switch to ON/OFF DC voltage. * Two No’s DC ammeter, voltmeter/ multimeter to measure device parameters. * 230V AC input. Power ON/OFF switch LED indication. * All components should mount on a screen printed PCB fixed on a nice wooden cabinets. 462. 1039 Training kit to Kit should consist of SCR power circuit and firing circuit. study series * IC Based firing pulse generation to trigger SCR. inverter using * One no. pot used to vary the frequency of firing pulse (300 - 600Hz). SCR * One no. toggle switch to ON/OFF SCR gate pulses. * 1:1 Pulse transformer used for gate pulse isolation. * Pulse output terminated in the PCB for user patching. * Power circuit consists of two No’s SCR, center tapped inductor center tapped capacitor. * LM 723 Based 24V / 2A DC power supply with LED indication. * One no. toggle switch used to ON/OFF 24V DC power supply. * Over load and short circuit protection of input DC. * 230V, 50Hz AC input , +15V DC / 1AMP for control circuit.

463. 1031 Training kit to Kit to study basic VI characteristics of TRIAC plot VI * Consists of one no. BTA12 TRIAC with heat sink. characteristic * LM723 based 20V DC power supply for gate voltage. of TRIAC * One no. potentiometer used to vary the gate current. * 0 - 50V DC variable power supply for voltage variation. * One no. potentiometer to vary the Vmt1, mt2 . One no. high wattage fixed load resistor * One no. toggle switch to ON/OFF gate voltage. * Two no. DC ammeter, voltmeter / multimeter provided to measure device parameters. * 230V AC input. Power ON/OFF switch with indication. * All components should mounted on a screen printed PCB fixed on a nice wooden cabinets.

140 | P a g e 464. 1040 TRANSFORMER Technical Specification- COUPLED • 2 mm BS-2 Jack Terminal for Various Test Point. AMPLIFIER Power LED Indication. TWO STAGE Built in Regulated DC Power Supply: +/-12V/500mA , +/-5VDC. On Board Component with Circuit Diagram. AC Input: 230V AC, 50 Hz, ± 10%. Mounted on a .Sophisticated Cabinet.

465. 1041 TRANSISTOR Technical Specification- AMPLIFIER • Covers the basic applications of transistors such as BJT, FET, MOSFET, TRAINER KIT and UJT etc. • On-board resources such as Resistor, Capacitor, Inductor, Diode and Potentiometer banks of different values are provided • On-board regulated variable and isolated power supplies • Dual DC 0 to 30V variable on-board power supply • Application study of different types of Transistors includes NPN, BC- 107, 2N2222 and BD-138 PNP Transistor and power Transistor like SL- 100 • Also other types of Transistors such as FET (BFW-10), MOSFET (IRF- Z44N) and UJT (2N-2646) are available on-board • Resistor, Capacitor, Inductor bank • Potentiometer bank • Diodes bank (Rectifier Diode, Zener Diode and LED)

466. 1042 Transistor Transistor Charactertistics Trainer Kit Charactertistics Inbuilt Variable DC Regulated Power Supplies Trainer Kit Output voltages : 0-1VDC : 0-10VDC On Board Analog Moving Coil Meters (60 mm x 35 mm ) Voltmeter : : 0-1VDC Ammeter : 0-10VDC : 0-50mADC 0-250uADC/0-50mADC (Dual range) High quality Aluminum used as front panel of 300 mm x 220mm & mounted on light weight shock proof plastic cabinet Symbol diagram printed on Aluminum Front Panel & all important test Points are brought out on front panel Power requirement : 230 VAC 10%, 50Hz. Weight : 2.0Kg Approx. Dimensions (mm) : 330( L) x 225(B) x 75(H)

141 | P a g e 467. 1043 Transistor h- 1.The complete circuit is printed on a single P.C.B. 2. All parts are parameters trainer soldered on single pin tag for easy replacement. 3. Explanation, Observation, Alignment and adjustment of Internal and external controls is possible due to Single P.C.B. 4. Easy identification of different parts is possible at a glance. 5. Easy measurement of voltages and observation of waveforms at any point. Test Points are provided on P.C.B. 6. A manual having practical detail is provided with the board. 7. Power requirement : 230V, 50Hz AC. 8. Built-in Power supply : 0-5VDC at 200mA IC Regulated & short circuit protected 0-9VDC at 200mA IC Regulated & short circuit protected 9. Transistor 2N 3904 - 1 No. in CE amplifier circuit 10. Standard Accessories : 1. A manual having practical details. 2. Connecting Patch Cords.

468. 1053 Tuned Amplifier 12 V DC supply with +/- 10% accuracy, configurable circuit, Inbuilt Trainer Standard sine wave generatort with frequency range 10 Hz to 10 MHz and Amplitude variation 0.1mV to 4V, Gang Capacitor

469. 1037 Training Kit to Trainer kit of OPAMP to perform inverting amplifier, study on the noninverting amplifier and comparator circuit. The kit applications of consists of +12V & -12V variable power supply, 10K op-amp variable potentiometer for offset null, resistances and necessary OPAMP-741.

470. 1057 UJT trainer [ This trainer has been designed with a view to provide practical and characteristics & experimental knowledge of Uni Junction Transistor.SPECIFICATIONS1. as relaxation Power Supply requirement : 230V AC, 50 Hz.2. Built-in Power supply : oscilator] 0-12V DC/100 mA continuously variable.+12V DC /100 mA Fix supply.3. Following parts provided on Single PCB with connecting terminals and enclosed in standard encloser.. UJT - 2N2647 - 1 No. Different Load Resistors 4. All parts are soldered on single PCB of size 8" x 7" with complete circuit diagram screen-printed. 5.Digital Ammeter , Voltmeter and Standard Accessories : 1. A Training Manual.2. Connecting Patch cords. 471. 1058 Ultrasonic Voltage:220V;Power:<800W; Cleaner Capacity:500-700ml 472. 1060 Ultrasonic US frequency:1MHz,US output mode:Continu Therapy ous & pulsed,Intensity:0-3W/cm2 ,pulse machine duration/frequency:1,24,5ms/100 Mhz

142 | P a g e 473. 1073 Universal trainer FEATURES:• Covers the basic applications of transistors such as BJT, Kit FET, MOSFET, and UJT etc.• On-board resources such as Resistor, Capacitor, Inductor, Diode and Potentiometer banks of different values are provided, • On-board regulated variable and isolated power supplies SPECIFICATIONS:• Dual DC 0 to 30V variable on-board power supply• Application study of different types of Transistors includes NPN, BC-107, 2N2222 and BD-138 PNP Transistor and power Transistor like SL-100• Also other types of Transistors such as FET (BFW-10), MOSFET (IRF- Z44N) and UJT (2N-2646) are available on-board• Resistor, Capacitor, Inductor bank• Potentiometer bank• Diodes bank (Rectifier Diode, Zener Diode and LED) EXPERIMENTS:• To identify and check type of Transistor NPN, PNP• BJT as Switch• Logic gates using BJT• BJT as a DC amplifierAmplifier• CE amplifier-frequency response, signal handling capacity, input and output impedance• Cascade amplifier- frequency response, signal handling capacity, input and output impedance• Single stage CB amplifier gain versus frequencyFeedback amplifier• Voltage series feedback (negative) amplitude, frequency response, input and output impedance calculation• Voltage shunt feedback (negative) amplitude, frequency response, input and output impedance calculation• Current series feedback (negative) amplitude, frequency response, input and output impedance calculation• Class-A / Class-B power amplifier• Fixed bias amplifier using BJT • Design and construct BJT common emitter amplifier using voltage divider bias (self- bias) with and without bypass emitter resistors• Design and construct BJT common collector amplifier using voltage divider bias (self-bias) • RC coupled amplifier • Emitter follower amplifier• Darlington amplifier • Oscillator • Multi-vibrator Regulator• Series and shunt regulator, calculate ripple factorFET / MOSFET• FET common source amplifiers, gain versus frequency, bandwidth, input /output impedance and maximum signal handling capacity• Common drain FET amplifier, frequency response, signal handling capacity, input and output impedance• FET biasing circuit (self, voltage divider, fixed)• UJT relaxation oscillator / UJT saw-tooth generator• Construct different bias circuit and analyze the wave form a) Fixed bias b) Emitter bias c ) Voltage divider bias• Transistor as switch with timing calculation• Verify digital logic gate using transistor (NOT, NAND, NOR)• DC amplifier• Transistor time delay circuit• Schmitt trigger circuit• Frequency response of single tuned coupled circuit (tuned class C)• Bootstrap sweep circuit• Sweep wave genera tor 474. 1074 Universal 8051, PIC & AVR support Training Kit Microcontroller

143 | P a g e 475. 1044 Transmission Transmission Line : Coaxial cable 100m (25 m x Line Trainer 4),Impedance matching : 0 - 100 Ohms. 2 nos.,resistances,Test Generators :Sine Wave 40 KHz - 400 KHz (Low Range),Square Wave 400 KHz - 4MHz (High Range), Interconnections : 2 mm Banana sockets, Test Points : 10 (Gold plated), Power Supply : 230 V ±10%, 50/60 Hz Power Consumption : 3 VA approximately, Weight : 5.5 Kg. approximately , Dimensions (mm) : W 450 x H 113 x D 280, Learning material : Online (Theory, procedure, reference,results, etc)., Included Accessories : BNC to BNC Cable : 1 no. , BNC to Test Prod Cable : 1 no., Patch Cord 16” : 14 nos., Mains cord : 1 no. Self contained easy to operate trainer, On board line, terminating resistances and test generators, Functional blocks indicated on board mimic, Built in Power Supply, Exhaustive learning material Compact size, 2 Year Warranty on site. NC Cable : 1 no. , BNC to Test Prod Cable : 1 no., Patch Cord 16” : 14 nos., Mains cord : 1 no. 476. 1076 UPS 5 -KVA with 2 hrs. battery back-up Technology : Online double Conversion solid state type with microprocessor controlled Input : Three phase input , Input Voltage350-460 volts,Input frequency 50 Hz+/- 5% Output : Single phase output ,Input voltage 220-240 Volts Output Frequency :50 Hz Power factor : >= 0.7 Start on battry: Allow to start UPS without input power supply mains(cold start) Computer Interface : RS 232 Interface ,USB port connectivity ,RS 232 to be supplied with the UPS at no extra cost. Battery Bank: Battery bank of requisite volts for battery back -up of 2 hrs. with 100 % load (vendors should mention battery type,voltage and AH) Efficiency : 90% or higher Cabinet : Mini-tower or Rack -optimized. Warranty and support : 3 years onsite comprehensive warranty and support on UPS and Battery Bank including spare parts and labor, for both UPS and Battery bank.

477. 1078 UPS Trainer Kit Technical Specifications Input Voltage : 190 to 260V AC 10%, 50Hz 500VA offline (Single Phase) Output Voltage : 230V AC, 10% Transformer Input : 12-0- 12V AC Outputs : 0, 190, 220, 240, 260V AC 18 - 0V AC for battery charging Battery Rating : 12V DC / 7.5 AH Type : SMF Rechargeable Battery Technology : MOSFET-PWM Output Power Capacity : 500VA Dimensions (mm) : W 365 x D 260 x H 120 Weight : 5kg (approximate) ± ± Optional Oscilloscope ‘Caddo 801’ Multimeter ‘Caddo 50/51’ In depth explanation of PWM switching technology, which is one of the most important feature of UPS Demonstrating all basic concept of UPS Various test point are provided so that one can easily measure the voltages of different sections Designed considering all safety standards Online product tutorial 2 Year Warranty on site

478. 1079 UV- Diffraction grating / Double Beam, 190nm to 1100nm, PMT detector, Spectrophotomete Variable bandwith (Selectable: 0.1nm, 0.2nm, 0.5nm, 1.0nm, 2.0nm, r 5.0nm), Stray Light ≤0.010%T (220nm NaI, 340nm NaNO2), Absorbance: -4 to +5, Wavelength Scan Speed Selectable: 1; 5; 20; 120;

144 | P a g e 300; 1,000; 1,600; 2,000 nm/minute, battery backup, Baseline Stability 0.0004 Abs/hr (500nm, after 2 hours), PC control and scanning software, cuvettes -04 nos. PC SPECIFICATION: 2.5 GHz Core I5 7 th Gen processor, 8GB DDR3 RAM, 1TB Hard Drive, DVD RW, 18.5 inch LED Monitor. 479. 1086 VCD Player Technical Specification- Trainer Power Supply: 230VAC, 50Hz Function Switches: Play/ Pause, Forward, Rewind, Stop, Program select/ Repeat, Skip Forward, Skip Reverse, Open/ Close, Tracks Select. Display: Program, Time and Track status display. Laser: Semiconductor Laser (780nm). Frequency Range: 5 - 20000Hz. T.V. System: PAL and NTSC Audio Output: 200W PMPO (100W x 2 Channels) Speakers: 2 Nos. Modulation: EFM Quantization: 16 bit Linear CD Format: Audio CD, Video CD, MP3 CD can be played. Output Sockets: Audio Out, Video Out, RF Out (Channel 2). Remote Controls: Play/ Pause, Forward, Rewind, Stop, Program select/ Repeat, Skip Forward, Skip Reverse, Open/Close,Tracks Select. Sampling Frequency: 44.1KHz Distortion: 5 to 10% for expanded P.C.B. Controls: Bass, Treble, and Volume. Test points: 15 Switch Faults: 17 Standard Accessories: Video CD -1 Nos. Speakers -2 Nos.

480. 1089 Verifcation of Technical Specifications: Input : +5V DCLogic levels :+5V : HIGH ( Truth Table AND, Logic 1 ) 0V : LOW ( Logic 0 )Dimensions (mm) : W 240 × D 345 × H OR, NAND, 110. - Scope of Learning:Study of AND gate and to verify its truth table. NOR, XOR, Study of OR gate and to verify its truth table. Study of NOT gate and to XNOR verify its truth table . Study of NAND gate and to verify its truth table. Study of NOR gate and to verify its truth table. Study of XOR gate and to verify its truth table. Study of XNOR gate and to verify its truth table. .This trainer describes the AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR, XOR and XNOR gates in a very easy way. The training system is designed in such a way that for performing any experiment students have to connect the links by patch cords, so it is very helpful for students to learn the inputs and outputs of different logic gates.Attractive input and output sections are provided on trainer in such a manner so that multiple experiments can be performed simultaneously. +5V SMPS Adaptor provided with the trainer for power supply. Designed by considering all the safety standards. 2 Years warranty. Lab manuals.

145 | P a g e 481. 1108 White Board Quartet Standard Whiteboard, 6 x 4 Feet, Aluminum Frame: Delivers effective performance when planning and organization is needed in low- use personal environments Simple, flexible mounting system secures board to wall in 2 orientations to accommodate any space Extend surface life with regular cleanings using Quartet cleaning solutions Sleek, satin finish anodized aluminum frame complements contemporary environments Includes attachable tray for convenient marker storage and 1 Quartet dry- erase marker 482. 1113 Wien Bridge This board has been designed with a view to provide practical and Oscillator trainer experimental knowledge of Wein Bridge Oscillator on SINGLE PCB. kit SPECIFICATIONS1. Built-in Power supply : +9V DC at 50mA IC Regulated & short circuit protected 2. Power requirement : 230V, 50Hz AC.3. Variable gang condenser.Potentiometer.4. Following parts provided on single PCB with connecting terminals. Transistor BC548A/2N39045. All parts are soldered on single pin TAGS on single PCB of size 8" x 7" with complete circuit diagram screen printed in multi colour.6. Standard Accessories : 1. A Training Manual.2. Connecting Patch cords. • On board test points to observe signals• On board schematic diagram• Flexibility of making circuit connections

483. 1114 Winding Tutorial 1 HP, 230V, DC compound motor, open type with provision of armature (Lap & Wave) coil connections in a bakelite board outside to connect the motor as LAP and WAVE from outside & run. 484. 1116 Wire Gauge, Wire Gauge, Gauge Range: 0-36.

485. 1117 Wireless access Wireless access point: 300Mbps wireless speed ideal for smooth HD point video, voice streaming and online gaming Supports multiple operation modes: Access Point, Multi-SSID, Client, Universal/WDS Repeater, Bridge with AP Easily setup a WPA encrypted secure connection at a push of the WPS button Up to 30 meters (100 feet) of flexible deployment with included Passive Power over Ethernet Injector

146 | P a g e 486. 1118 Wireless LAN Hardware Topology Trainer i) Star ii) Bus iii) Ring • Nodes : 4 Nodes • Data Rate : 10/100 Mbps • Interconnection : RJ45 connection cable to connect hardware to computer LAN card Software :Topology selection I) Star ii) Bus iii) Ring Protocols selection i) Stop and Wait ii) Go back to n iii) Selective repeat iv) Sliding window v) Token Ring vi) Token Bus vii) CSMA / CD viii) CSMA / CA • Packet Size : 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384 • Inter packet delay : 1000,2000,3000, 4000,5000ms • Error generation : Bad packet, acknowledgment lost and auto error generation • Encryption and decryption of data Network details • Indication of computer name, IP address, Port number, status of network, MAC address and operating system on computer. Graphical representation • Graphic representation of Data on software screen with differentiation of packet to be transmitted, packet being transmitted, packet transmitted with acknowledgment, packet with acknowledgment lost error, packet with bad packet error and packet which is discarded or resend. Measurement and plotting • Error rate calculation, Throughput calculation Protocol analysis • Indication of packet serial number, file name, file size, file number, receiver name, workgroup, receiver IP address, current packet, total packets, packet length, delay, protocol, topology, receiver MAC address, port number, packet send time, acknowledgment receive time, inter packet delay, data rate (MBPS),number of resend packets, acknowledgment value

• Multimedia based interactive e-manual

147 | P a g e • Implementation and study of go back to n protocol • Implementation and study of selective repeat protocol • Study of token ring and token bus protocol • Study of sliding window protocol • Study of CSMA / CA protocol • Study of CSMA / CD protocol • Measure of throughput and the effect of bit errors on various protocols • Socket programming

487. 1119 Wireless Router Packaged Quantity: 1, Device Type: Wireless router - 4-port switch (integrated), Connectivity Technology: wired, Data Link Protocol: Fast Ethernet, Network / Transport Protocol: IPSec, Remote Management Protocol: HTTP, Encryption Algorithm: WPA2, Features: Stateful Packet Inspection (SPI), Compliant Standards: IEEE 802.3u NETWORKING Type: wireless router, Data Link Protocol: Fast Ethernet, Features: Stateful Packet Inspection (SPI), Compliant Standards: IEEE 802.3u ANTENNA Antenna: external detachable, Antenna Qty: 2 POWER ENERGY STAR Qualified: Yes MISCELLANEOUS Width: 5.7 in, Depth: 4.4 in, Height: 1.2 in, Weight:1.6 oz, Microsoft Certifications:Compatible with Windows 7 Compliant Standards:IC SOFTWARE / SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS OS Required: Microsoft Windows Vista, XP, Windows 7 Peripheral / Interface Devices: network adapter MANUFACTURER WARRANTY Service & Support : 1 year warranty DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Width: 5.7 in, Depth: 4.4 in, Height:1.2 in, Weight: 1.6 oz, Depth:4.4 in, Width: 5.7 in , Height 1.2in

148 | P a g e 488. 1121 Wireless/ Cord Uni-Directional Dynamic Wireless Handheld Microphone. Pilot Signal less Microphone 32KHz/ 32.382 KHz/ 32.768KHz Frequency Response in TX 23Hz to 18KHz. And Capsule Unit 70Hz to 18KHz

489. 610 LAN with 1. Managed Switch: 24-port 10/100Mbps EasySmart switch; 7 pc manage switch, 2. Net work rack: 9u rack suitable for 3x16port switch & patch panel; 3 pc patch panel 3. Cable: CAT 6, 305 Mt par box; as required to complete 3 LAN in 3 different room 4. USB Adapter: USB wireless adapter; 6pc 5. Patch panel: Compatible with 24 ports switch; 7pc 6. RJ45; as required to complete 3 LAN in 3 different room 7. I/O box: Dual port; as required to complete 3 LAN in 3 different roomNote- all items are required to be fitting and fixing to complete 3 LAN in 3 different rooms with 30,30, 60 computers respectively

490. 716 Online UPS 1. 10 KVA online UPS including battery, troly, and all required items to install and complete in all respect. 2. Minimum backup time: 4 hours with full load. 3. Computer should not restart during change over from main mode to backup mode and from backup mode to main mode. 4. LCD display

491. 1180 Three Phase 3 KVA, 415 V,1500rpm, 3-Ph, 50Hz, alternator coupled with DC motor Alternator for OC, (Shunt) 5HP, 220 V, 1500rpm, 4-point DC starter, 3-phase variable SC and Load Test resistive load 220(L-L),15A per phase. Necessary panel consisting meters and accessories for OC and SC test to be included.

492. 1181 3 phase induction 2 HP 415 V, 1440 r.p.m. 3 phase induction motor with belt- pulley and motor for load test spring balance arrangement for load test. Necessary panel consisting meters and accessories to be included.

493. 1182 Synchronization Synchronization of 3 phase alternators: 2- Numbers of 4 KVA, 415V, of 3 phase 1500RPM, 3-Ph, 50Hz, alternator coupled with 2-numbers of DC motors alternators (4 (Shunt) 5HP, 220V, 1500RPM along with Synchronisation panel with KVA, 415V) by Synchronoscope, 3-Lamps for Lamp method, Ammeters & Voltmeters for synchroscope & 1 DC motors and Alternator, Digital Frequency meter, Digital RPM meter dark & 2 bright for DC motors, 4-point DC Starters for both motors, 3-phase variable star lamp method connected resistive load. Necessary installation & commissioning included.

494. 1183 Pacemaker Implantable Pacemaker, Synchronised, lead wire and electrodes.

495. 1184 Syringe & needle syringe & needle burner for laboratory purpose Burner

Sd/- Saibal Mukhopadhyay Director-in-Charge of Technical Education & Training West Bengal

149 | P a g e